Skip to main content Accessibility help
×
Hostname: page-component-76fb5796d-vfjqv Total loading time: 0 Render date: 2024-04-26T10:33:08.124Z Has data issue: false hasContentIssue false

Bibliography

Published online by Cambridge University Press:  05 May 2016

Merja Kytö
Affiliation:
Uppsala Universitet, Sweden
Päivi Pahta
Affiliation:
University of Tampere, Finland
Get access

Summary

Image of the first page of this content. For PDF version, please use the ‘Save PDF’ preceeding this image.'
Type
Chapter
Information
Publisher: Cambridge University Press
Print publication year: 2016

Access options

Get access to the full version of this content by using one of the access options below. (Log in options will check for institutional or personal access. Content may require purchase if you do not have access.)

References

Primary Sources

Anglo-Norman Dictionary. www.anglo-norman.netGoogle Scholar
ARCHER = A Representative Corpus of Historical English Registers. Compiled under the supervision of Douglas Biber and Edward Finegan at Northern Arizona University, University of South California, University of Freiburg, University of Heidelberg, University of Helsinki, Uppsala University, University of Michigan, University of Manchester, Lancaster University, University of Bamberg, University of Zurich, University of Trier, University of Salford and University of Santiago de Compostela. www.alc.manchester.ac.uk/subjects/lel/research/projects/archer/, www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/ARCHER/updated%20version/introduction.html; for the original sampling frame, see Biber et al. (1994a)Google Scholar
B-Brown = 1930s BROWN Corpus. Compiled by Marianne Hundt (University of Zurich). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/B-BROWN/index.htmlGoogle Scholar
BE06 Corpus. Compiled by Paul Baker (Lancaster University). www.ling.lancs.ac.uk/profiles/Paul-BakerGoogle Scholar
Bess of Hardwick's Letters. Project led by Alison Wiggins (University of Glasgow). www.bessofhardwick.orgGoogle Scholar
BLOB-1901 Corpus. Compiled by Nick Smith, Paul Rayson and Geoffrey Leech (Lancaster University). See BLOB-1931Google Scholar
BLOB-1931 Corpus. Compiled by Geoffrey Leech, Paul Rayson and Nick Smith (Lancaster University). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/BLOB-1931Google Scholar
Bordalejo, Barbara 2003. Caxton's Canterbury Tales: The British Library Copies on CD-ROM. Leicester: Scholarly Digital EditionsGoogle Scholar
BNC = British National Corpus. Distributed by Oxford University Computing Services on behalf of the BNC Consortium. www.natcorp.ox.ac.ukGoogle Scholar
Brooklyn–Geneva–Amsterdam–Helsinki Corpus of Old English. Compiled by Susan Pintzuk (University of York), Eric Haeberli (University of Geneva and University of Reading), Ans van Kemenade (University of Nijmegen), Willem Koopman (University of Amsterdam) and Frank Beths (Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam and University of York). www-users.york.ac.uk/∼sp20/corpus.htmlGoogle Scholar
Corpus, Brown. Compiled by W. Nelson Francis and Henry Kučera (Brown University). http://icame.uib.no/brown/bcm.html, www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/BROWNGoogle Scholar
Burnley, David and Wiggins, Alison (eds.) 2003. The Auchinleck Manuscript. National Library of Scotland. www.nls.uk/auchinleckGoogle Scholar
Canterbury Tales Project. Institute for Textual Scholarship and Electronic Editing, University of Birmingham. www.petermwrobinson.me.uk/canterburytalesproject.com, see Robinson 1996, 2004; Solopova 2000a; Stubbs 2000; Thomas 2006Google Scholar
Catalogue of English Literary Manuscripts. Compiled by Peter Beal (Institute of English Studies, University of London). www.ies.sas.ac.uk/research/current-projects/catalogue-english-literary-manuscripts-1450-1700-celmGoogle Scholar
Catalogue of Vernacular Manuscript Books of the English West Midlands c. 1300–c. 1475. Project directed by Wendy Scase (University of Birmingham). www.hrionline.ac.uk/mwmGoogle Scholar
CED = A Corpus of English Dialogues 1560–1760. Compiled under the supervision of Merja Kytö (Uppsala University) and Jonathan Culpeper (Lancaster University). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CED/index.html, www.engelska.uu.se/Research/English_Language/Research_Areas/Electronic_Resource_Projects/A_Corpus_of_English_DialoguesGoogle Scholar
CEEC and CEEC-400 = Corpus of Early English Correspondence 1998. Compiled by Terttu Nevalainen, Helena Raumolin-Brunberg, Jukka Keränen, Minna Nevala, Arja Nurmi and Minna Palander-Collin (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEC/ceec.html. See Nevalainen and Raumolin-Brunberg 1996bGoogle Scholar
CEECE = Corpus of Early English Correspondence Extension. Compiled by Terttu Nevalainen, Helena Raumolin-Brunberg, Samuli Kaislaniemi, Mikko Laitinen, Minna Nevala, Arja Nurmi, Minna Palander-Collin, Tanja Säily and Anni Sairio (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEC/ceece.htmlGoogle Scholar
CEECS = Corpus of Early English Correspondence Sampler. Compiled by Jukka Keränen, Minna Nevala, Terttu Nevalainen, Arja Nurmi, Minna Palander-Collin and Helena Raumolin-Brunberg (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEC/ceecs.htmlGoogle Scholar
CEECSU = Corpus of Early English Correspondence Supplement. Compiled by Terttu Nevalainen, Teo Juvonen, Samuli Kaislaniemi, Mikko Laitinen, Minna Nevala, Arja Nurmi, Minna Palander-Collin, Helena Raumolin-Brunberg, Anni Sairio, Tanja Säily and Tuuli Tahko (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEC/ceecsu.htmlGoogle Scholar
CEEM = Corpus of Early English Medical Writing. Compiled under the supervision of Irma Taavitsainen and Päivi Pahta (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEM/Google Scholar
CEN = Corpus of English Novels. Compiled by Hendrik de Smet (University of Leuven). https://perswww.kuleuven.be/∼u0044428Google Scholar
Centre for Editing Lives and Letters. www.livesandletters.ac.ukGoogle Scholar
CENZE = Corpus of Early New Zealand English. The first version samples the registers covered in the original ARCHER (apart from drama, diaries and journals, sermons and legal texts), covering the 1840s to 1999; for details, see Hundt (2012)Google Scholar
CHELAR = Corpus of Historical English Law Reports. Compiled by María José López-Couso, Belén Méndez-Naya, Teresa Fanego, Paloma Núñez-Pertejo, Paula Rodríguez-Puente, Zeltia Blanco-Suárez, Eduardo Coto-Villalibre, Tania de Dios-Miguéns, Beatriz Mato-Míguez, Paula Rodríguez-Abruñeiras, Iria-Gael Romay-Fernández and Vera Vázquez-López (University of Santiago de Compostela); for details, see Rodríguez-Puente (2011)Google Scholar
CIE = Corpus of Irish English. Compiled by Raymond Hickey (University of Duisburg-Essen). www.uni-due.de/IERC/CIE.htmGoogle Scholar
CLMET = Corpus of Late Modern English Texts. Compiled by Hendrik de Smet (University of Leuven). https://perswww.kuleuven.be/∼u0044428/clmetGoogle Scholar
CLMET3.0 = Corpus of Late Modern English Texts, version 3.0. Compiled by Hendrik de Smet (University of Leuven), Hans-Jürgen Diller (Ruhr University Bockum) and Jukka Tyrkkö (University of Tampere). https://perswww.kuleuven.be/∼u0044428Google Scholar
CLMETEV = Corpus of Late Modern English Texts, Extended Version. Compiled by Hendrik de Smet (University of Leuven). https://perswww.kuleuven.be/∼u0044428/clmetev.htmGoogle Scholar
Clunies Ross, Margaret, Gade, Kari Ellen, Nordal, Guðrún, Marold, Edith, Whaley, Diana and Wills, Tarrin (eds.) 2012. Skaldic Poetry of the Scandinavian Middle Ages: The Skaldic Project. www.abdn.ac.uk/skaldic/db.phpGoogle Scholar
CMEPV = Corpus of Middle English Prose and Verse. Middle English Compendium. http://quod.lib.umich.edu/c/cmeGoogle Scholar
COCA = Corpus of Contemporary American English. Compiled by Mark Davies (Brigham Young University). http://corpus.byu.edu/cocaGoogle Scholar
COHA = The Corpus of Historical American English: 400+ million words, 1810–2009. Compiled by Mark Davies (Brigham Young University). http://corpus.byu.edu/cohaGoogle Scholar
Collection of Nineteenth-Century Grammars. Compiled by Lieselotte Anderwald (University of Kiel). www.anglistik.uni-kiel.de/index.php/cng.htmlGoogle Scholar
CONCE = A Corpus of Nineteenth-Century English. Compiled by Merja Kytö (Uppsala University) and Juhani Rudanko (University of Tampere)Google Scholar
CoNE = Corpus of Narrative Etymologies. Compiled by Roger Lass (University of Cape Town), Margaret Laing (University of Edinburgh) and Rhona Alcorn (University of Edinburgh). www.lel.ed.ac.uk/ihd/CoNE/CoNE.htmlGoogle Scholar
CONTE-pC = Corpus of Early Ontario English, pre-Confederation Section; for details, see Dollinger (2006a). Compiled by Stefan Dollinger (University of British Columbia). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CONTE/index.htmlGoogle Scholar
COOEE = Corpus of Oz Early English. Australian English texts from between 1788 and 1900. Compiled by Clemens Fritz (Free University of Berlin); for details, see Fritz (2007). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/COOEEGoogle Scholar
COPC = Century of Prose Corpus. Compiled by Louis T. Milić (Cleveland State University)Google Scholar
CoRD = Corpus Resource Database. Research Unit for Variation, Contacts and Change in English, University of Helsinki. www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/HelsinkiCorpus/index.htmlGoogle Scholar
CORIECOR = Corpus of Irish English Correspondence; for details, see McCafferty and Amador-Moreno (2012)Google Scholar
Corpus of Legislative Council Proceedings (1858–2012). Compiled from Hong Kong Hansard; for details, see Evans (2014)Google Scholar
CSC = Corpus of Scottish Correspondence. Compiled by Anneli Meurman-Solin (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CSCGoogle Scholar
Da Rold, Orietta, Kato, Takako, Swan, Mary and Treharne, Elaine (eds.). The Production and Use of English Manuscripts 1060 to 1220. www.le.ac.uk/ee/em1060to1220Google Scholar
DCPSE = The Diachronic Corpus of Present-Day Spoken English. London: Survey of English Usage. Compiled by Sean A. Wallis, Bas Aarts, Gabriel Ozon and Yordanka Kavalova (University College London). www.ucl.ac.uk/english-usage/projects/dcpseGoogle Scholar
DECL = Digital Editions for Corpus Linguistics. www.helsinki.fi/varieng/domains/DECL.htmlGoogle Scholar
DECTE = Diachronic Electronic Corpus of Tyneside English. Compiled under the supervision of Karen P. Corrigan (Newcastle University). http://research.ncl.ac.uk/decteGoogle Scholar
DIMEV = Digital Index of Middle English Verse. Compiled by Linne Mooney, Daniel W. Mosser and Elizabeth Solopova. www.dimev.netGoogle Scholar
DOE = Dictionary of Old English. Ed. by Angus Cameron, Ashley Crandell Amos and Antonette diPaolo Healey (University of Toronto). www.doe.utoronto.caGoogle Scholar
DOEC = Dictionary of Old English Corpus. Original release 1981 compiled by Angus Cameron, Ashley Crandell Amos, Sharon Butler and Antonette diPaolo Healey. Release 2009 compiled by Antonette diPaolo Healey, Joan Holland, Ian McDougall and David McDougall (University of Toronto). www.doe.utoronto.ca/pages/pub/web-corpus.htmlGoogle Scholar
ECEG = Eighteenth-Century English Grammars database. Compiled by María E. Rodríguez-Gil (University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria) and Nuria Yáñez-Bouza (University of Manchester). www.manchester.ac.uk/ecegGoogle Scholar
EEBO = Early English Books Online. ProQuest LLC. http://eebo.chadwyck.com/homeGoogle Scholar
eLALME = A Linguistic Atlas of Late Mediaeval English. Compiled by Angus McIntosh (University of Edinburgh), M. L. Samuels (University of Glasgow), Michael Benskin (University of Oslo), Margaret Laing (University of Edinburgh) and Keith Williamson (University of Edinburgh). www.lel.ed.ac.uk/ihd/elalme/elalme.htmlGoogle Scholar
Electronic facsimiles of the Parker Library manuscripts. http://parkerweb.stanford.eduGoogle Scholar
EMEDD = Early Modern English Dictionaries Database. Edited by Ian Lancashire (University of Toronto). http://homes.chass.utoronto.ca/∼ian/emedd.htmlGoogle Scholar
EMEMT = Early Modern English Medical Texts. Compiled by Irma Taavitsainen (University of Helsinki), Päivi Pahta (University of Tampere), Martti Mäkinen (Svenska handelshögskolan), and Turo Hiltunen, Ville Marttila, Maura Ratia, Carla Suhr and Jukka Tyrkkö (University of Helsinki). Available on the CD accompanying Early Modern English Medical Texts: Corpus Description and Studies edited by Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (2010). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins. www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEM/EMEMTindex.htmlCrossRefGoogle Scholar
ESTC = English Short Title Catalogue. British Library. http://estc.bl.ukGoogle Scholar
ETED = An Electronic Text Edition of Depositions 1560–1760. Compiled and edited by Merja Kytö, Peter J. Grund and Terry Walker. www.engelska.uu.se/Forskning/engelsk_sprakvetenskap/Forskningsomraden/Electronic_Resource_Projects/English_Witness_Depositions. Available on the CD accompanying Testifying to Language and Life in Early Modern England by Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry (2011). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
F-LOB = Freiburg–LOB Corpus of British English. Original release 1999 compiled by Christian Mair (Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg). Release 2007 compiled by Christian Mair (Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg) and Geoffrey Leech (Lancaster University). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/FLOBGoogle Scholar
Frown = Freiburg–Brown Corpus of American English. Original release 1999 compiled by Christian Mair (Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg). Release 2007 compiled by Christian Mair (Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg) and Geoffrey Leech (Lancaster University). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/FROWNGoogle Scholar
HC = Helsinki Corpus of English Texts. Compiled by Matti Rissanen (Project leader), Merja Kytö (Project secretary); Leena Kahlas-Tarkka, Matti Kilpiö (Old English); Saara Nevanlinna, Irma Taavitsainen (Middle English); Terttu Nevalainen, Helena Raumolin-Brunberg (Early Modern English). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/HelsinkiCorpusGoogle Scholar
HCOS = Helsinki Corpus of Older Scots. Compiled by Anneli Meurman-Solin (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/HCOSGoogle Scholar
Helsinki Corpus TEI XML edition. Designed by Alpo Honkapohja, Samuli Kaislaniemi, Henri Kauhanen, Matti Kilpiö, Ville Marttila, Terttu Nevalainen, Arja Nurmi, Matti Rissanen and Jukka Tyrkkö (University of Helsinki). Implemented by Henri Kauhanen and Ville Marttila (University of Helsinki). Based on the Helsinki Corpus of English Texts (1991). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/HelsinkiCorpus/HC_XML.htmlGoogle Scholar
HTE = Historical Thesaurus of English. University of Glasgow. http://historicalthesaurus.arts.gla.ac.ukGoogle Scholar
HyperBibliography of Middle English Prose and Verse. http://quod.lib.umich.edu/h/hyperbibGoogle Scholar
ICE = International Corpus of English – ICE-Phil (Philippines component), ICE-Sing (Singapore component), ICE-Ind (Indian component), ICE-FJ (Fiji component), ICE-GB (British component). Coordinated by Gerald Nelson (University of Hong Kong). http://ice-corpora.net/ice, www.ucl.ac.uk/english-usage/projects/ice-gbGoogle Scholar
Imagining History project. Project directed by John Thompson (Queen's University, Belfast). www.qub.ac.uk/imagining-history/wordpress/index.phpGoogle Scholar
Kato, Takako and Hayward, Nick (eds.). Malory Project. www.maloryproject.comGoogle Scholar
LAEME = A Linguistic Atlas of Early Middle English, 1150–1325. Compiled by Margaret Laing and Roger Lass (University of Edinburgh). www.lel.ed.ac.uk/ihd/laeme2/laeme2.htmlGoogle Scholar
LAOS = A Linguistic Atlas of Older Scots. Compiled by Keith Williamson (University of Edinburgh). www.lel.ed.ac.uk/ihd/laos1/laos1.htmlGoogle Scholar
LC = Lampeter Corpus of Early Modern English Tracts. Compiled by Josef Schmied (Chemnitz University of Technology), Claudia Claridge (University of Duisburg-Essen) and Rainer Siemund. www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/LCGoogle Scholar
LEME = Lexicons of Early Modern English. Edited by Ian Lancashire (University of Toronto). http://leme.library.utoronto.caGoogle Scholar
LION = Literature Online. ProQuest LLC. http://lion.chadwyck.comGoogle Scholar
LLC = London–Lund Corpus of Spoken English. Compiled by Jan Svartvik (Lund University), Randolph Quirk (University College London), Sidney Greenbaum (University College London) and Knut Hofland (Norwegian Computing Centre for the Humanities, Bergen). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/LLCGoogle Scholar
LMEMT = Late Modern English Medical Texts. Compiled by Irma Taavitsainen (University of Helsinki), Päivi Pahta (University of Tampere), Turo Hiltunen, Anu Lehto, Ville Marttila, Raisa Oinonen, Maura Ratia, Carla Suhr and Jukka Tyrkkö (University of Helsinki). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEM/LMEMTindex.htmlGoogle Scholar
LOB = Lancaster–Oslo/Bergen Corpus of British English. Compiled by Geoffrey Leech (Lancaster University), Stig Johansson (University of Oslo) and Knut Hofland (University of Bergen). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/LOBGoogle Scholar
Málaga Corpus of Late Middle English Scientific Prose. Co-ordinated by Antonio Miranda García. http://hunter.uma.esGoogle Scholar
MED = Middle English Dictionary, see References, MEDGoogle Scholar
MEG-C = The Middle English Grammar Corpus. Compiled by Merja Stenroos, Martti Mäkinen, Simon Horobin and Jeremy J. Smith (University of Stavanger). www.uis.no/research-and-Ph.D.-studies/research-areas/history-languages-and-literature/the-middle-english-scribal-texts-programme/meg-cGoogle Scholar
MEMT = Middle English Medical Texts. Compiled by Irma Taavitsainen (University of Helsinki), Päivi Pahta (University of Tampere) and Martti Mäkinen (University of Stavanger). www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEM/MEMTindex.htmlGoogle Scholar
MESTA = Middle English Scribal Texts Archive. Compiled under the super-vision of Merja Stenroos and Jacob Thaisen (University of Stavanger).Google Scholar
Middle English Dictionary, see References, MEDGoogle Scholar
Mooney, Linne, Horobin, Simon and Stubbs, Estelle. Late Medieval English Scribes. www.medievalscribes.comGoogle Scholar
NECTE = Newcastle Electronic Corpus of Tyneside English. Compiled by Karen Corrigan (Newcastle University), Hermann Moisl (Newcastle University) and Joan C. Beal (University of Sheffield). http://research.ncl.ac.uk/necte/index.htmGoogle Scholar
OBC = Old Bailey Corpus. Compiled under the supervision of Magnus Huber (University of Giessen). www.uni-giessen.de/oldbaileycorpusGoogle Scholar
OBP = The Online Books Page. Edited by John Mark Ockerbloom (University of Pennsylvania). http://onlinebooks.library.upenn.eduGoogle Scholar
OED = Oxford English Dictionary, see References, OEDGoogle Scholar
ONZE = Origins of New Zealand English. Compiled by the ONZE project team (University of Canterbury). www.nzilbb.canterbury.ac.nz/onze.shtmlGoogle Scholar
The Orrmulum Project. www.orrmulum.netGoogle Scholar
Oxford English Dictionary, see References, OEDGoogle Scholar
PCEEC = Parsed Corpus of Early English Correspondence. Annotated by Ann Taylor, Arja Nurmi, Anthony Warner, Susan Pintzuk and Terttu Nevalainen. Compiled by the CEEC project team (University of York and University of Helsinki). www-users.york.ac.uk/∼lang22/PCEEC-manual/, www.helsinki.fi/varieng/CoRD/corpora/CEEC/pceec.htmlGoogle Scholar
Penn Corpora of Historical English. www.ling.upenn.edu/hist-corporaGoogle Scholar
Penn Parsed Corpus of Modern British English. Compiled by Anthony Kroch, Beatrice Santorini and Ariel Diertani (University of Pennsylvania). www.ling.upenn.edu/histcorpora/PPCMBE-RELEASE-1Google Scholar
PPCEME = Penn–Helsinki Parsed Corpus of Early Modern English. Compiled by Anthony Kroch, Beatrice Santorini and Ariel Diertani (University of Pennsylvania). www.ling.upenn.edu/hist-corpora/PPCEME-RELEASE-2/index.htmlGoogle Scholar
PPCME2 = Penn–Helsinki Parsed Corpus of Middle English, second edition. Compiled by Anthony Kroch and Ann Taylor (University of Pennsylvania). www.ling.upenn.edu/hist-corpora/PPCME2-RELEASE-3/index.htmlGoogle Scholar
Proceedings of the Old Bailey Online. Compiled by Tim Hitchcock (University of Hertfordshire), Robert Shoemaker (University of Sheffield), Clive Emsley (Open University), Sharow Howard (University of Sheffield) and Jamie McLaughlin (University of Sheffield). www.oldbaileyonline.orgGoogle Scholar
Robinson, Peter (ed.) 1996. The Wife of Bath's Prologue on CD-ROM. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Robinson, Peter (ed.) 2004. The Miller's Tale on CD-ROM. Leicester: Scholarly Digital EditionsGoogle Scholar
Salem Witch Trials Documentary Archive and Transcription Project. Created under the supervision of Benjamin C. Ray (University of Virginia) and Bernard Rosenthal (University of Binghamton). http://salem.lib.virginia.edu/home.htmlGoogle Scholar
SC = Salamanca Corpus: Digital Archive of English Dialect Texts. Compiled by María F. García-Bermejo Giner, Pilar Sánchez-García and Javier Ruano-García (University of Salamanca). http://salamancacorpus.usal.es/SC/index.htmlGoogle Scholar
Scase, Wendy (ed.) 2011. A Facsimile Edition of the Vernon Manuscript: A Literary Hoard from Medieval England (Bodleian Digital Texts 3). Oxford: Bodleian LibraryGoogle Scholar
SED = Survey of English Dialects. Conducted under the supervision of Harold Orton (University of Leeds). http://sounds.bl.uk/Accents-and-dialects/Survey-of-English-dialectsGoogle Scholar
Sociopragmatic Corpus = Sociopragmatic Corpus, a Specialized Sub-section of A Corpus of English Dialogues 1560–1760. Compiled by Jonathan Culpeper and Dawn Archer (Lancaster University)Google Scholar
Solopova, Elizabeth (ed.) 2000a. The General Prologue to the Canterbury Tales on CD-ROM. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Stubbs, Estelle (ed.) 2000. The Hengwrt Chaucer Digital Facsimile. Leicester: Scholarly Digital EditionsGoogle Scholar
TCP = Text Creation Partnership. www.lib.umich.edu/tcpGoogle Scholar
Thomas, Paul 2006. The Nun's Priest's Tale on CD-ROM. Birmingham: Scholarly Digital EditionsGoogle Scholar
TIME Magazine Corpus. Compiled by Mark Davies (Brigham Young University). http://corpus.byu.edu/timeGoogle Scholar
TOE = A Thesaurus of Old English. Compiled by Flora Edmonds, Christian Kay, Jane Roberts and Irené Wotherspoon (University of Glasgow). http://oldenglishthesaurus.arts.gla.ac.ukGoogle Scholar
Voigts, Linda Ehrsam and Kurtz, Patricia Deery (eds.) 2000. Scientific and Medical Writings in Old and Middle English: An Electronic Reference. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan PressGoogle Scholar
WebCorp = Synchronic English Web Corpus. Created, operated and maintained by the Research Development Unit for English Studies, School of English, Birmingham City University. www.webcorp.org.ukGoogle Scholar
WOLD = World Loanword Database. Edited by Martin Haspelmath and Uri Tadmor (Max Plank Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology). http://wold.clld.orgGoogle Scholar
YCOE = The York–Toronto–Helsinki Parsed Corpus of Old English Prose. Compiled by Ann Taylor, Anthony Warner, Susan Pintzuk and Frank Beths (University of York). www-users.york.ac.uk/∼lang22/YcoeHome1.htmGoogle Scholar
ZEN = Zurich English Newspaper Corpus. Compiled by Udo Fries, Hans Martin Lehmann, Beni Ruef, Peter Schneider, Patrick Studer, Caren auf dem Keller, Beat Nietlispach, Sandra Engler, Sabine Hensel and Franziska Zeller (University of Zurich). http://es-zen.unizh.chGoogle Scholar

Secondary Sources

Cambridge, Cambridge University Library, MS Additional 6686Google Scholar
Edinburgh, National Library of Scotland, NLS Adv. MS 19.2.1 (Auchinleck manuscript)Google Scholar
London, British Library, MS Additional 36791 (Speculum Sacerdotale)Google Scholar
London, Lambeth Palace, MS 328Google Scholar
Oxford, Bodleian Library, MS Bodley 207Google Scholar
Oxford, Bodleian Library, MS Eng. poet.a.1 (Vernon Manuscript)Google Scholar
San Marino, Huntington Library, HM 22Google Scholar
San Marino, Huntington Library, HM 55Google Scholar
San Marino, Huntington Library, HM 129Google Scholar
San Marino, Huntington Library, HM 140Google Scholar
San Marino, Huntington Library, HM 3027Google Scholar
Aarts, Bas, Close, Joanne, Leech, Geoffrey and Wallis, Sean (eds.) 2013. The Verb Phrase in English: Investigating Recent Language Change with Corpora. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Aarts, Bas and McMahon, April (eds.) 2006. The Handbook of English Linguistics. Oxford: Wiley-BlackwellCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Adams, James 2007. The Regional Diversification of Latin 200bc–ad600. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Adamson, Sylvia 1995. ‘From empathetic deixis to empathetic narrative: stylisation and (de)subjectivisation as processes of language change’, in Stein, Dieter and Wright, Susan (eds.), Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 195224CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Adamson, Sylvia 1999. ‘Literary language’, in Lass, Roger (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume III: 1476–1776. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 539653Google Scholar
Adamson, Sylvia 2000. ‘A lovely little example: word order options and category shift in the premodifying string’, in Fischer, Olga, Rosenbach, Anette and Stein, Dieter (eds.), Pathways of Change: Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 3966CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Adamson, Sylvia 2007. ‘Prescribed reading: pronouns and gender in the eighteenth century’, Historical Sociolinguistics and Sociohistorical Linguistics 7. www.let.leidenuniv.nl/hsl_shl/Adamson.htmGoogle Scholar
Adamson, Sylvia, Law, Vivien, Vincent, Nigel and Wright, Susan (eds.) 1990. Papers from the 5th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics, Cambridge, 6–9 April 1987. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsGoogle Scholar
Agari, Masahiko 2005. ‘Towards the prevalence of the third person singular -s in Early Modern English’, Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 106 (4): 389404Google Scholar
Agha, Asif 2003. ‘The social life of a cultural value’, Language and Communication 23: 231–73CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Agha, Asif 2007 [2006]. Language and Social Relations. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Ahlgren, Arthur 1946. On the Use of the Definite Article with ‘Nouns of Possession’ in English. Uppsala: Appelbergs boktryckeriaktiebolagGoogle Scholar
Ahlqvist, Anders 2010. ‘Early English and Celtic’, Australian Celtic Journal 9: 4373Google Scholar
Akimoto, Minoji 2000. ‘The grammaticalization of the verb “pray”’, in Fischer, Olga, Rosenbach, Anette and Stein, Dieter (eds.), Pathways of Change: Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 6784CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Alexander, Mark and Struan, Andrew 2013. ‘“In countries so unciviliz'd as those?”: the language of incivility and the British experience of the world’, in Farr, Martin and Guégan, Xavier (eds.), The British Abroad since the Eighteenth Century. Volume 2: Experiencing Imperialism Houndmills. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 232–49Google Scholar
Algeo, John 1998. ‘Vocabulary’, in Romaine, Suzanne (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume IV: 1776–1997. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 5791Google Scholar
Allan, Kathryn 2006. ‘On groutnolls and nog-heads: a case study of the interaction between culture and cognition in intelligence metaphors’, in Stefanowitsch, Anatol and Th. Gries, Stefan (eds.), Corpus-based Approaches to Metaphor and Metonymy. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 175–90Google Scholar
Allan, Kathryn 2009. Metaphor and Metonymy: A Diachronic Approach. Chichester: Wiley-BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Allan, Kathryn 2010. ‘Tracing metonymic polysemy through time: material for object mappings in the OED’, in Winters, Margaret E., Tissari, Heli and Allan, Kathryn (eds.), Historical Cognitive Linguistics. Berlin/ New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 163–96Google Scholar
Allan, Kathryn 2012. ‘Using OED data as evidence’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A. (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1739Google Scholar
Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A. (eds.) 2012. Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterGoogle Scholar
Allen, Cynthia 1977. ‘Topics in diachronic English syntax’. Dissertation, University of MassachusettsGoogle Scholar
Allen, Cynthia 1995. Case Marking and Reanalysis: Grammatical Relations from Old to Early Modern English. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Allen, Cynthia 2000. ‘Obsolescence and sudden death in syntax: the decline of verb-final order in early Middle English’, in Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo, Denison, David, Hogg, Richard M. and McCully, C. B. (eds.), Generative Theory and Corpus Studies: A Dialogue from 10 ICEHL. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 325Google Scholar
Allen, Cynthia 2001. ‘The development of a new passive in English’, in Butt, Miriam and King, Tracy Holloway (eds.), Time over Matter: Diachronic Perspectives on Morphosyntax. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications, pp. 4372Google Scholar
Allen, Cynthia 2008. Genitives in Early English: Typology and Evidence. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Allen, Cynthia 2013. ‘Dealing with postmodified possessors in early English: split and group genitives’, in Börjars, Kersti, Denison, David and Scott, Alan (eds.), Morphosyntactic Categories and the Expression of Possession. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 134Google Scholar
Allen, Will 2007. ‘A linguistic “time capsule”: The Newcastle Electronic Corpus of Tyneside English’, in Beal, Joan C., Corrigan, Karen P. and Moisl, Hermann (eds.), Creating and Digitizing Language Corpora. Volume 2: Diachronic Databases. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 1648CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Alston, R. C. 1965. A Bibliography of the English Language from the Invention of Printing to the Year 1800. Volume 1: English Grammars Written in English and English Grammars Written in Latin by Native Speakers. Leeds: Arnold & SonGoogle Scholar
Alston, R. C. 1967–73. English Linguistics 1500–1800: A Collection of Facsimile Reprints. Menston: Scolar PressGoogle Scholar
Alter, Stephen G. 1999. Darwinism and the Linguistic Image: Language, Race and Natural Theology in the Nineteenth Century. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language 2009. New York, NY: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (4th edn)Google Scholar
Andersen, Henning 1973. ‘Abductive and deductive change’, Language 49 (4): 765–93CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Anderson, John 1977. On Case Grammar: Prolegomena to a Theory of Grammatical Relations. London: Croom HelmGoogle Scholar
Anderson, John and Jones, Charles 1974. ‘Three theses concerning phonological representations’, Journal of Linguistics 10: 126CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Anderwald, Lieselotte 2011. ‘Norm vs. variation in British irregular verbs: the case of past tense sang vs. sung’, English Language and Linguistics 15 (1): 85112CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Anderwald, Lieselotte 2012. ‘Clumsy, awkward or having a peculiar propriety? Prescriptive judgements and language change in the 19th century’, Language Sciences 34 (1): 2853CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Anonymous 1755. The Complete Letter-Writer…to which is Prefix'd a Plain and Compendious Grammar. LondonGoogle Scholar
Anshen, Frank and Aronoff, Mark 1999. ‘Using dictionaries to study the mental lexicon’, Brain and Language 68: 1626CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Archer, Dawn 2005. Questions and Answers in the English Courtroom (1640–1760). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Archer, Dawn 2006. ‘(Re)initiating strategies: judges and defendants in Early Modern English courtrooms’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 7 (2): 181211CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Archer, Dawn 2010. ‘Speech acts’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 379417CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Archer, Dawn 2012a. ‘Data retrieval in a diachronic context: the case of the historical English courtroom’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 145–54Google Scholar
Archer, Dawn 2012b. ‘Early Modern English: pragmatics and discourse’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 652–67Google Scholar
Archer, Dawn and Culpeper, Jonathan 2003. ‘Sociopragmatic annotation: new directions and possibilities in historical corpus linguistics’, in Wilson, Andrew, Rayson, Paul and McEnery, Tony (eds.), Corpus Linguistics by the Lune: A Festschrift for Geoffrey Leech. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, pp. 3758Google Scholar
Archer, Dawn and Culpeper, Jonathan 2009. ‘Identifying key sociophilological usage in plays and trial proceedings (1640–1760): an empirical approach via corpus annotation’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 10 (2): 286309CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Arnovick, Leslie K. 1990. The Development of Future Constructions in English: The Pragmatics of Modal and Temporal Will and Shall in Middle English. New York, NY: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Arnovick, Leslie K. 1997. ‘Proscribed collocations with shall and will: the eighteenth-century (non-)standard reassessed’, in Cheshire, Jenny and Stein, Dieter (eds.), Taming the Vernacular: From Dialect to Written Standard Language. London: Longman, pp. 135–51Google Scholar
Arnovick, Leslie K. 1999. Diachronic Pragmatics: Seven Case Studies in English Illocutionary Development. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsGoogle Scholar
Arnovick, Leslie K. 2006. Written Reliquaries: The Resonance of Orality in Medieval English Texts. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Athanasiadou, Angeliki, Canakis, Costas and Cornillie, Bert (eds.) 2006. Subjectification: Various Paths to Subjectivity. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Auer, Anita 2006. ‘Precept and practice: the influence of prescriptivism on the English subjunctive’, in Dalton-Puffer, Christiane, Kastovsky, Dieter, Ritt, Nikolaus and Schendl, Herbert (eds.), Syntax, Style and Grammatical Norms: English from 1500–2000. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, pp. 3353Google Scholar
Auer, Anita 2009. The Subjunctive in the Age of Prescriptivism: English and German Developments during the Eighteenth Century. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave MacmillanCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Auer, Anita and Voeste, Anja 2012. ‘Grammatical variables’, in Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo (eds.), The Handbook of Historical Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 253–70Google Scholar
Auer, Peter and Pfänder, Stefan 2011. ‘Constructions: emergent or emerging?’, in Auer, Peter and Pfänder, Stefan (eds.), Constructions: Emerging and Emergent. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 121CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Austen, Jane 1998 [1798/9]. Northanger Abbey. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Austin, Frances 1994. ‘The effect of exposure to standard English: the language of William Clift’, in Stein, Dieter and van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon (eds.), Towards a Standard English, 1600–1800. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 285313Google Scholar
Auwera, Johan van der and Nuyts, Jan (eds.) 2012. Grammaticalization and (Inter-)Subjectification. Koninklijke: Vlaamse Academie van Belgie voor Wetenschappen en KunstenGoogle Scholar
Baayen, R. Harald 2008. Analyzing Linguistic Data: A Practical Introduction to Statistics Using R. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bachmann, Ingo 2013. ‘Has go-V ousted go-and-V? A study of the diachronic development of both constructions in American English’, in Hasselgård, Hilde, Ebeling, Jarle and Ebeling, Signe Oksefjell (eds.), Corpus Perspectives on Patterns of Lexis. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 91112CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bailey, Charles J. and Maroldt, Karl 1977. ‘The French lineage of English’, in Meisel, Jürgen M. (ed.), Langues en contact – pidgins – creoles. Tübingen: Narr, pp. 2153Google Scholar
Bailey, Richard W. 1996. Nineteenth-century English. Ann Arbor, MI: The University of Michigan PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bailey, Richard W. 2004. ʻThe need for good texts: the case of Henry Machyn's day book, 1550–1563ʼ, in Curzan, Anne and Emmons, Kimberly (eds.), Studies in the History of the English Language II: Unfolding Conversations. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 217–28Google Scholar
Baker, Paul 2009. ‘The BE06 Corpus of British English and recent language change’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 14 (3): 31237CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baker, Paul 2011. ‘Times may change but we will always have money: diachronic variation in recent British English’, Journal of English Linguistics 39 (1): 6588CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bakhtin, M. M. 1986 [1953]. Speech Genres and Other Late Essays. Austin, TX: University of Texas PressGoogle Scholar
Baldzuhn, Michael and Putzo, Christine (eds.) 2011. Mehrsprachigkeit im Mittelalter: Kulturelle, literarische, sprachliche und didaktische Konstellationen in europäischer Perspektive. Mit Fallstudien zu den ‘Disticha Catonis’. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ball, Catherine N. 1994. ‘The origins of the informative-presupposition it-cleft’, Journal of Pragmatics 22 (6): 603–28CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bambas, Rudolph C. 1947. ‘Verb forms in -s and -th in Early Modern English prose’, Journal of English and Germanic Philology 46: 183–7Google Scholar
Bammesberger, Alfred and Vennemann, Theo (eds.) 2003. Languages in Prehistoric Europe. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Bao, Zhiming and Wee, Lionel 1999. ‘The passive in Singapore English’, World Englishes 18: 113CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Barber, Charles 1976. Early Modern English. London: Andre DeutschGoogle Scholar
Barber, Charles 1997. Early Modern English. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press (2nd edn)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Barðdal, Jóhanna 2008. Productivity: Evidence from Case and Argument Structure in Icelandic. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Barðdal, Jóhanna 2013. ‘Construction-based historical-comparative reconstruction’, in Hoffmann, Thomas and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Construction Grammar. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 438–57Google Scholar
Barrett, Robert W. 2009. Against All England: Regional Identity and Cheshire Writing, 1195–1656. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame PressGoogle Scholar
Batllori, Montserrat and Hernanz, Lluïsa (eds.) 2011. Catalan Journal of Linguistics 10. http://ddd.uab.cat/pub/cjol/cjol_a2011v10/cjol_a2011v10p1.pdfCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian (eds.) 1995. Clause Structure and Language Change. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bauer, Laurie 1983. English Word Formation. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bauer, Laurie 1994. ‘English in New Zealand’, in Burchfield, Robert (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume V: English in Britain and Overseas: Origins and Development. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 382429Google Scholar
Bauer, Laurie 2001. Morphological Productivity. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bauer, Laurie, Lieber, Rochelle and Plag, Ingo 2013. The Oxford Reference Guide to English Morphology. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Baugh, Albert C. and Cable, Thomas 2002. A History of the English Language. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson (5th edn)Google Scholar
Baugh, Albert C. and Cable, Thomas 2005. A History of the English Language. London: Routledge (5th edn)Google Scholar
Baugh, Albert C. and Cable, Thomas 2013. A History of the English Language. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice (6th edn)Google Scholar
Bayley, Robert 2002. ‘The quantitative paradigm’, in Chambers, J. K., Trudgill, Peter and Schilling-Estes, Natalie (eds.), The Handbook of Language Variation and Change. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 117–41Google Scholar
Bazerman, Charles 1988. Shaping Written Knowledge: The Genre and Activity of the Experimental Article in Science. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin PressGoogle Scholar
Bazerman, Charles and Paradis, James 1991. Textual Dynamics of the Professions: Historical and Contemporary Studies of Writing in Professional Communities. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin PressGoogle Scholar
Beadle, Richard 1994. ‘Middle English texts and their transmission, 1350–1500: some geographical criteria’, in Laing, Margaret and Williamson, Keith (eds.), Speaking in our Tongues: Proceedings of a Colloquium on Medieval Dialectology and Related Disciplines. Cambridge: D.S. Brewer, pp. 6991Google Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 1999. English Pronunciation in the Eighteenth Century: Thomas Spence's ‘Grand Repository of the English Language’. Oxford: Clarendon PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 2004. English in Modern Times, 1700–1945. London: Edward ArnoldGoogle Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 2008. ‘Shamed by your English? The market value of a “good” pronunciation’, in Beal, Joan C., Nocera, Carmela and Sturiale, Massimo (eds.), Perspectives on Prescriptivism. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 2140Google Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 2009a. ‘Enregisterment, commodification and historical context: “Geordie” versus “Sheffieldish”’, American Speech 84 (2): 138–56CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 2009b. ‘Three hundred years of prescriptivism (and counting)’, in van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon and van der Wurff, Wim (eds.), Current Issues in Late Modern English. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 3556Google Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 2010. ‘Prescriptivism and the suppression of variation’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Eighteenth-Century English: Ideology and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 2137CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 2011. ‘The example of the French: the influence of French normative ideas on the codification of the English Language’, in Branca-Rosoff, Sonia, Fournier, Jean-Marie, Grinshpun, Yana and Régent-Susini, Anne (eds.), Langue commune et changements de normes. Paris: Champion, pp. 435–46Google Scholar
Beal, Joan C. 2013. ‘The place of pronunciation in eighteenth-century grammars of English’, Transactions of the Philological Society 111 (2): 165–78CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beal, Joan C., Hodson, Jane and Fitzmaurice, Susan M. (eds.) 2012. Selected Papers from the Fourth International Conference on Late Modern English, special issue of English Language and Linguistics 16 (2)Google Scholar
Beal, Joan C., Hodson, Jane, Percy, Carol and Steadman-Jones, Richard 2006. ‘Introduction’, New Approaches to the Study of Later Modern English, special issue of Historiographia Linguistica 33 (1): 110CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Beal, Joan C., Nocera, Carmela and Sturiale, Massimo (eds.) 2008. Perspectives on Prescriptivism. Bern: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Bell, Allan 1988. ‘The British base and the American connection in New Zealand media English’, American Speech 63: 326–44CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Benskin, Michael 1991. ʻThe “fit”-technique explainedʼ, in Riddy, Felicity (ed.), Regionalism in Late Medieval Manuscripts and Texts: Essays Celebrating the Publication of ‘A Linguistic Atlas of Late Mediaeval English’. Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, pp. 926Google Scholar
Benskin, Michael 2004. ‘Chancery Standard’, in Kay, Christian, Hough, Carole and Wotherspoon, Irené (eds.), New Perspectives on English Historical Linguistics: Selected Papers from 12 ICEHL, Glasgow, 21–26 August 2002. Volume 2: Lexis and Transmission. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 140Google Scholar
Benskin, Michael and Laing, Margaret 1981. ‘Translations and Mischsprachen in Middle English manuscripts’, in Benskin, Michael and Samuels, M. L. (eds.), So Meny People, Longages and Tonges: Philological Essays in Scots and Mediaeval English Presented to Angus McIntosh. Edinburgh: Middle English Dialect Project, pp. 55106Google Scholar
Benson, Larry D. (ed.) 1987. The Riverside Chaucer. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Benson, Larry D. (ed.) 2008. The Riverside Chaucer. Oxford: Oxford University Press (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Benveniste, Émile 1966. Problems in General Linguistics. (Trans. Meek, Mary Elizabeth.) Coral Cables, FL: University of Miami Press. First published as Problèmes de linguistique générale. Paris: GallimardGoogle Scholar
Benveniste, Emile 1971 [1958]. ‘Subjectivity in language’, in Meek, Mary Elizabeth (trans.), Problems in General Linguistics. Coral Gables, FL: University of Miami Press, pp. 223–30. First published as ‘De la subjectivité dans le langage’, in Émile Benveniste (1958), Problèmes de linguistique générale. Paris: Gallimard, pp. 258–66Google Scholar
Berg, Thomas 1998. Linguistic Structure and Change: An Explanation from Language Processing. Oxford: Clarendon PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bergner, Heinz 1998. ‘Dialogue in medieval drama’, in Borgmeier, Raimund, Grabes, Herbert and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Anglistentag 1997 Giessen: Proceedings. Trier: Wissenschaftlicher Verlag, pp. 7583Google Scholar
Bergs, Alexander 2004. ‘Address pronouns in Late Middle English’, in Rodríguez Alvarez, Alicia and Alonso Almeida, Francisco (eds.), Voices on the Past: Studies in Old and Middle English Language and Literature. Coruña: Netbiblo, pp. 127–38Google Scholar
Bergs, Alexander 2005. Social Networks and Historical Sociolinguistics: Studies in Morphosyntactic Variation in the Paston Letters (1421–1503). Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.) 2012. English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, 2 vols. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterGoogle Scholar
Bergs, Alexander and Diewald, Gabriele 2009. ‘Introduction: contexts and constructions’, in Bergs, Alexander and Diewald, Gabriele (eds.), Contexts and Constructions. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 114CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Berlage, Eva. 2014. Noun Phrase Complexity in English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo 2007. ‘Word-final prevocalic consonants in English: representation vs derivation’. Paper presented at the Old World Conference in Phonology 4, Rhodes, August 2010. www.bermudez-otero.com/OCP4.pdfGoogle Scholar
Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo 2011. ‘Cyclicity’, in van Oostendorp, Marc, Ewen, Colin, Hume, Elizabeth and Rice, Keren (eds.), The Blackwell Companion to Phonology. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 2019–48Google Scholar
Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo 2015. ‘Amphichronic explanation and the life cycle of phonological processes’, in Patrick Honeybone and Joseph Salmons (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Historical Phonology. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 379–99Google Scholar
Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo forthcoming. Stratal Optimality Theory. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo and Trousdale, Graeme 2012. ‘Cycles and continua: on unidirectionality and gradualness in language change’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 691720CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bethge, Richard 1900. ʻKonjugation des Urgermanischen’, in Dieter, Ferdinand (ed.), Laut- und Formenlehre der altgermanischen Dialekte. Leipzig: Reisland, pp. 345–91Google Scholar
Bhatia, Vijay 1993. Analysing Genre: Language Use in Professional Settings. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas 1988. Variation across Speech and Writing. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Donglas 1992a. ‘On the complexity of discourse complexity: a multidimensional analysis’, Discourse Processes 15: 133–63CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Donglas 1992b. ‘The multi-dimensional approach to linguistic analyses of genre variation: an overview of methodology and findings’, Computers and the Humanities 26 (5/6): 331–45Google Scholar
Biber, Donglas 2012. ‘Register as a predictor of linguistic variation’, Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 8 (1): 937CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Conrad, Susan 2009. Register, Genre, and Style. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas, Conrad, Susan and Reppen, Randi 1998. Corpus Linguistics: Investigating Language Structure and Use. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Finegan, Edward 1986. ‘An initial typology of English text types’, in Aarts, Jan and Meijs, Willem (eds.), Corpus Linguistics II: New Studies in the Analysis and Exploitation of Computer Corpora. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 1946CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Finegan, Edward 1989. ‘Drift and the evolution of English style: a history of three genres’, Language 65 (3): 487517CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Finegan, Edward 1991. ‘On the exploitation of computerized corpora in variation studies’, in Aijmer, Karin and Altenberg, Bengt (eds.), English Corpus Linguistics: Studies in Honour of Jan Svartvik. London: Longman, pp. 204–20Google Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Finegan, Edward 1997. ‘Diachronic relations among speech-based and written registers in English’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Kahlas-Tarkka, Leena (eds.), To Explain the Present: Studies in the Changing English Language in Honour of Matti Rissanen. Helsinki: Société Néophilologique, pp. 253–75Google Scholar
Biber, Douglas, Finegan, Edward and Atkinson, Dwight 1994a. ‘ARCHER and its challenges: compiling and exploring A Representative Corpus of Historical English Registers’, in Fries, Udo, Tottie, Gunnel and Schneider, Peter (eds.), Creating and Using English Language Corpora: Papers from the Fourteenth International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora, Zürich 1993. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 114Google Scholar
Biber, Douglas, Finegan, Edward, Atkinson, Dwight, Beck, Ann, Burges, Dennis and Burges, Jena 1994b. ‘The design and analysis of the ARCHER corpus: a progress report [A Representative Corpus of Historical English Registers]’, in Kytö, Merja, Rissanen, Matti and Wright, Susan (eds.), Corpora across the Centuries: Proceedings of the First International Colloquium on English Diachronic Corpora, St Catharine's College Cambridge, 25–27 March 1993. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 36CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Gray, Bethany 2011a. ‘Grammar emerging in the noun phrase: the influence of written language use’, English Language and Linguistics 15: 223–50CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Gray, Bethany 2011b. ‘The historical shift of scientific academic prose in English towards less explicit styles of expression: writing without verbs’, in Bhatia, Vijay, Hernández, Purificación Sánchez and Pérez-Paredes, Pascual (eds.), Researching Specialized Languages. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 1124CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Gray, Bethany 2012. ‘The competing demands of popularization vs. economy: written language in the age of mass literacy’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 314–28Google Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Gray, Bethany 2013. ‘Being specific about historical change: the influence of sub-register’, Journal of English Linguistics 41: 104–34CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas, Johansson, Stig, Leech, Geoffrey, Conrad, Susan and Finegan, Edward 1999. The Longman Grammar of Spoken and Written English. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Biber, Douglas and Jones, James K. 2009. ‘Quantitative methods in corpus linguistics’, in Lüdeling, Anke and Kytö, Merja (eds.), Corpus Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 1286–304Google Scholar
Biberauer, Theresa and Roberts, Ian 2005. ‘Changing EPP parameters in the history of English: accounting for variation and change’, English Language and Linguistics 9: 546CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biberauer, Theresa and Roberts, Ian 2008. ‘Cascading parameter changes: internally-driven change in Middle and Early Modern English’, in Eythórsson, Thórhallur (ed.), Grammatical Change and Linguistic Theory. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 79113CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Biewer, Carolin 2012. ‘South Pacific Englishes: the dynamics of second-language varieties of English in Fiji, Samoa and the Cook Islands’. Post-doctoral thesis, University of ZurichGoogle Scholar
Biggam, C. P. 2012. The Semantics of Colour: A Historical Approach. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bjørge, Anne Kari 1989. ‘“I poor man is singing”: subject–verb concord in eighteenth-century English grammar’, in Breivik, Leiv E., Hille, Arnoldus and Johansson, Stig (eds.), Essays on English Language in Honour of Bertil Sundby. Oslo: Novus Press, pp. 4765Google Scholar
Blake, Norman 1965. ‘English versions of Reynard the Fox in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries’, Studies in Philology 62: 6377Google Scholar
Blake, Norman 1969. Caxton and his World. London: DeutschGoogle Scholar
Blake, Norman 1974. ‘Varieties of Middle English religious prose’, in Rowland, Beryl (ed.), Chaucer and Middle English Studies in Honour of Rossell Hope Robbins. London: Allen & Unwin, pp. 348–56Google Scholar
Blake, Norman (ed.) 1980. The Canterbury Tales by Geoffrey Chaucer. London: Edward ArnoldGoogle Scholar
Blake, Norman (ed.) 1992. The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume II: 1066–1476. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Blanco-Suárez, Zeltia 2013. ‘The competition between the intensifiers dead and deadly: some diachronic considerations’, in Hasselgård, Hilde, Ebeling, Jarle and Ebeling, Signe Oksefjell (eds.), Corpus Perspectives on Patterns of Lexis. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 7190CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Blank, Paula 1996. Broken English: Dialects and the Politics of Language in Renaissance Writings. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Blevins, Juliette 1995. ‘The syllable in phonological theory’, in Goldsmith, John A. (ed.), The Handbook of Phonological Theory. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 206–44Google Scholar
Blevins, Juliette 2003. ‘The phonology of Yurok glottalized sonorants: segmental fission under syllabification’, International Journal of American Linguistics 69 (4): 371–96CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Blum-Kulka, Shoshana, House, Juliane and Kasper, Gabriele 1989. Cross-cultural Pragmatics: Requests and Apologies. Norwood, NJ: AblexGoogle Scholar
Bod, Rens, Hay, Jennifer and Jannedy, Stefanie (eds.) 2003. Probabilistic Linguistics. Cambridge, MA: MIT PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Boffey, Julia and Edwards, A. S. G. 2005. A New Index of Middle English Verse. London: British Library PublishingGoogle Scholar
Boling, Bruce D. 2006. ‘A Hiberno-English dialect of West Tyrone’, in Smyth, Anne, Montgomery, Michael and Robinson, Philip (eds.), The Academic Study of Ulster-Scots: Essays for and by Robert J. Gregg. Cultra: NMGNI, pp. 1938Google Scholar
Booij, Geert 1995. The Phonology of Dutch. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Booij, Geert 2010. Construction Morphology. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Bopp, Franz 1833–52. Vergleichende Grammatik des Sanskrit, Zend, Griechischen, Lateinischen, Litthauischen, Altslawischen, Gotischen und Deutschen, 6 vols. Berlin: DümmlerGoogle Scholar
Borgmeier, Raimund, Grabes, Herbert and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.) 1998. Anglistentag 1997 Giessen: Proceedings. Trier: Wissenschaftlicher VerlagGoogle Scholar
Borowsky, Toni 1986. ‘Topics in the lexical phonology of English’. Doctoral dissertation, University of Massachusetts, AmherstGoogle Scholar
Boureau, Alain 1987. ‘Franciscan piety and voracity: uses and strategems in the hagiographic pamphlet’, in Chartier, Roger (ed.) and Cochrane, Lydia G. (trans.), The Culture of Print: Power and the Uses of Print in Early Modern Europe. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, pp. 1558Google Scholar
Bowern, Claire and Evans, Bethyn (eds.) 2014. The Routledge Handbook of Historical Linguistics. New York, NY: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Bowers, John 2001. The Politics of Pearl: Court Poetry in the Age of Richard II. Cambridge: D. S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Bowers, John 2012. An Introduction to the Gawain Poet. Gainesville, FL: University of Florida PressGoogle Scholar
Bradley, Henry 1904. The Making of English. London: MacmillanGoogle Scholar
Brandl, Alois (ed.) 1880. Thomas of Erceldoune. Berlin: WeidmannGoogle Scholar
Brandl, Alois 1886. Samuel Taylor Coleridge und die englische Romantik. Straßburg: TrübnerCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brandl, Alois 1915. Zur Geographie der altenglischen Dialekte. Berlin: Akademie der WissenschaftenGoogle Scholar
Brandl, Alois 1926–7. Englische Dialekte. Lautbibliothek. Berlin: Preußische StaatsbibliothekGoogle Scholar
Brandl, Alois 1936a. Forschungen und Charakteristiken; von Alois Brandl. Zum 80. Geburtstag hrsg. von dem Englischen Seminar der Universität Berlin und der Berliner Gesellschaft für das Studium der neueren Sprachen. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterGoogle Scholar
Brandl, Alois 1936b. Zwischen Inn und Themse: Lebensbeobachtungen eines Anglisten – Alt-Tirol, England, Berlin. Berlin: GroteGoogle Scholar
Brandl, Alois 1937. Vom kosmologischen Denken des heidnisch-christlichen Germanentums: der früh.-ags. Schicksalsspruch der Handschrift Tiberius B. 13 und seine Verwandtheit mit Boethius. Berlin: Akademie der WissenschaftenGoogle Scholar
Braunmüller, Kurt 2008. ʻDas älteste Germanische: offene Fragen und mögliche Antwortenʼ, Sprachwissenschaft 33: 373403Google Scholar
Bréal, Michel 1964 [1900]. Semantics: Studies in the Science of Meaning. (Trans. Cust, Mrs Henry.) New York, NY: DoverGoogle Scholar
Brems, Lieselotte 2011. Measure Noun Constructions: An Instance of Semantically-driven Grammaticalization. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterGoogle Scholar
Brems, Lieselotte, Ghesquière, Lobke and van de Velde, Freek (eds.) 2012. Intersections of Intersubjectivity, special issue of English Text Construction 5CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bresnan, Joan 2007. ‘Is syntactic knowledge probabilistic? Experiments with the English dative alternation’, in Featherston, Sam and Sternefeld, Wolfgang (eds.), Roots: Linguistics in Search of its Evidential Base. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 7796Google Scholar
Bresnan, Joan, Cueni, Anna, Nikitina, Tatiana and Baayen, R. Harald 2007. ‘Predicting the dative alternation’, in Bouma, Gerlof, Krämer, Irene and Zwarts, Joost (eds.), Cognitive Foundations of Interpretation. Amsterdam: Royal Netherlands Academy of Science, pp. 6994Google Scholar
Bresnan, Joan and Hay, Jennifer 2008. ‘Gradient grammar: an effect of animacy on the syntax of give in New Zealand and American English’, Lingua 118 (2): 245–59CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bretz, Frank, Hothorn, Torsten and Westfall, Peter 2010. Multiple Comparisons Using R. Boca Raton, FL: Chapman & Hall/CRCGoogle Scholar
Briggs, Asa 1985. A Social History of England. Harmondsworth: PenguinGoogle Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. 1991. ‘The origin and development of quasimodal have to in English’. Paper presented at the 10th International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Amsterdam, August 1991. http://faculty.arts.ubc.ca/lbrinton/HAVETO.PDFGoogle Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. 1996. Pragmatic Markers in English: Grammaticalization and Discourse Functions. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. 2001. ‘Historical Discourse Analysis’, in Schiffrin, Deborah, Tannen, Deborah and Hamilton, Heidi E. (eds.), The Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 138–60Google Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. 2006. ‘Pathways in the development of pragmatic markers in English’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Bettelou, Los (eds.), The Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 307–34Google Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. 2007. ‘The development of I mean: implications for the study of historical pragmatics’, in Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Methods in Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 3780CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. 2008. The Comment Clause in English: Syntactic Origins and Pragmatic Development. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. 2010. ‘Discourse markers’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 285314CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brinton, Laurel J. and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2005. Lexicalization and Language Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Britain, David 2005a. ‘Innovation diffusion, “Estuary English” and local dialect differentiation: the survival of Fenland Englishes’, Linguistics 43 (5): 9951022CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Britain, David 2005b. ‘Where did New Zealand English come from?’, in Bell, Allan, Harlow, Ray and Starks, Donna (eds.), Languages of New Zealand. Wellington: Victoria University Press, pp. 156–93Google Scholar
Britain, David 2009. ‘One foot in the grave? Dialect death, dialect contact and dialect birth in England’, International Journal of the Sociology of Language 196/7: 121–55Google Scholar
Britain, David and Sudbury, Andrea 2010. ‘Falkland Islands English’, in Schreier, Daniel, Trudgill, Peter, Schneider, Edgar W. and Williams, Jeffrey P. (eds.), The Lesser-known Varieties of English: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 209–23Google Scholar
Britton, Derek 2012. ‘Degemination in English, with special reference to the Middle English period’, in Denison, David, Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo, McCully, Chris and Moore, Emma (eds.), Analysing Older English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 232–43Google Scholar
Broccias, Cristiano 2012. ‘The syntax–lexicon continuum’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 735–47Google Scholar
Broccias, Cristiano and Smith, Nicholas 2010. ‘Same time, across time: simultaneity clauses from Late Modern to Present-day English’, English Language and Linguistics 14 (3): 347–71CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brooks, Christopher 1994. ‘Apprenticeship, social mobility and the middling sort, 1550–1800’, in Barry, Jonathan and Brooks, Christopher (eds.), The Middling Sort of People: Culture, Society and Politics in England 1550–1800. London: Macmillan, pp. 5283CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Brown, Carleton and Robbins, , , Rossell Hope 1965. Supplement to the Index of Middle English Verse. Lexington, KY: University Press of KentuckyGoogle Scholar
Brown, Carleton and Robbins, Rossell Hope (eds.) 1943. The Index of Middle English Verse. New York, NY: Columbia University PressGoogle Scholar
Brown, Roger and Gilman, Albert 1960. ‘The pronouns of power and solidarity’, in Sebeok, Thomas A. (ed.), Style in Language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, pp. 253–76Google Scholar
Brown, Roger and Gilman, Albert 1989. ‘Politeness theory and Shakespeare's four major tragedies’, Language in Society 18: 159212CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Broz, Vlatko 2011. ‘Kennings as blends and prisms’, Jezikoslovlje 12 (2): 165–86Google Scholar
Bruster, Douglas 2013. ‘Shakespearean spellings and handwriting in the additional passages printed in the 1602 Spanish Tragedy’, Notes and Queries 60: 420–4CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bucholtz, Mary and Hall, Kira 2005. ‘Identity and interaction: a sociocultural linguistic approach’, Discourse Studies 7: 585614CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Buchstaller, Isabelle 2009. ‘The quantitative analysis of morphosyntactic variation: constructing and quantifying the denominator’, Language and Linguistics Compass 3 (4): 1010–33CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Buchstaller, Isabelle 2011. ‘Quotations across the generations: a multivariate analysis of speech and thought introducers across 5 decades of Tyneside speech’, Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 7 (1): 5992CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Buchstaller, Isabelle and D'Arcy, Alexandra 2009. ‘Localized globalization: a multi-local, multivariate investigation of quotative be like’, Journal of Sociolinguistics 13 (3): 291331CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Buchstaller, Isabelle and van Alphen, Ingrid (eds.) 2012. Quotatives: Cross-linguistic and Cross-disciplinary Perspectives. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bullokar, William 1580. Booke at Large for the Amendment of Orthographie for English Speech. London: Henrie DenhamGoogle Scholar
Burchfield, R. W. 1956. ‘The language and orthography of the Ormulum MS’, Transactions of the Philological Society 55: 5687CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Burnley, David 1992. ‘Lexis and semantics’, in Blake, Norman (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume II: 1066–1476. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 409–99Google Scholar
Burnley, David 2003. ‘The T/V pronouns in later Middle English literature’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Diachronic Perspectives on Address Term Systems. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 2745CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Burrow, John A. 1982. Medieval Writers and their Work: Middle English Literature 1100–1500. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Burrow, John A. and Doyle, A. I. (eds.) 2002. Thomas Hoccleve: A Facsimile of the Autograph Verse Manuscripts. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Burrow, John A. and Turville-Petre, Thorlac 2004. A Book of Middle English. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Busse, Dietrich (ed.) 1991. Diachrone Semantik und Pragmatik: Untersuchungen zur Erklärung und Beschreibung des Sprachwandels. Tübingen: NiemeyerCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Busse, Ulrich 2002. Linguistic Variation in the Shakespeare Corpus: Morpho-syntactic Variability of Second Person Pronouns. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Busse, Ulrich 2003. ‘The co-occurrence of nominal and pronominal address forms in the Shakespeare Corpus: who says thou or you to whom?’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Diachronic Perspectives on Address Term Systems. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 193221CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Busse, Ulrich and Busse, Beatrix 2010. ‘Shakespeare’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 247–81Google Scholar
Butler, Charles 1633/34. The English Grammar. OxfordGoogle Scholar
Butterfield, Ardis 2009. The Familiar Enemy: Chaucer, Language and Nation in the Hundred Years War. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Butters, Ronald R. 2001. ‘Chance as cause of language variation and change’, Journal of English Linguistics 29 (3): 201–13CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bybee, Joan 2003. ‘Mechanisms of change in grammaticization: the role of frequency’, in Joseph, Brian D. and Janda, Richard D. (eds.), The Handbook of Historical Linguistics. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 602–23Google Scholar
Bybee, Joan 2007. Frequency of Use and the Organization of Language. New York, NY: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bybee, Joan 2010. Language, Usage and Cognition. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bybee, Joan and Hopper, Paul (eds.) 2001. Frequency and the Emergence of Linguistic Structure. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bybee, Joan, Pagliuca, William and Perkins, Revere D. 1991. ‘Back to the future’, in Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Heine, Bernd (eds.), Approaches to Grammaticalization, Vol. 2. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 1758CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Bybee, Joan, Perkins, Revere and Pagliuca, William 1994. The Evolution of Grammar: Tense, Aspect and Modality in the Languages of the World. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago PressGoogle Scholar
Caie, Graham D. 2011. ‘The relationship between MS Hunter 409 and the 1532 edition of Chaucer's Works edited by William Thynne’, in Pahta, Päivi and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Communicating Early English Manuscripts. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 149–61Google Scholar
Cain, Christopher M. 2010. ʻGeorge Hickes and the “invention” of the Old English dialectsʼ, Review of English Studies 61: 729–48CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Calvo, Clara 1991. Power Relations and Fool–Master Discourse in Shakespeare: A Discourse Stylistics Approach to Dramatic Dialogue. Nottingham: Department of English Studies, University of NottinghamGoogle Scholar
Calvo, Clara 1992. ‘Pronouns of address and social negotiation in As you like it’, Language and Literature 1: 527CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Camden, William 1974 [1605]. Remains Concerning Britain. Yorkshire: EP Publishing LimitedGoogle Scholar
Cameron, Deborah 2001. Working with Spoken Discourse. Thousand Oaks, CA: SageGoogle Scholar
Campbell, Alan 1959. Old English Grammar. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Campbell, Lyle 2001. ‘What's wrong with grammaticalization?’, Language Sciences 23 (2–3): 113–61Google Scholar
Canale, Michael 1978. ‘Word order change in Old English’. Doctoral dissertation, University of TorontoGoogle Scholar
Carey, Kathleen 1995. ‘Subjectification and the development of the English perfect’, in Stein, Dieter and Wright, Susan (eds.), Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 83102CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Carpenter, David 2004. The Struggle for Mastery: The Penguin History of Britain 1066–1284. London: PenguinGoogle Scholar
Carroll, Ruth, Peikola, Matti, Salmi, Hanna, Varila, Mari-Liisa, Skaffari, Janne and Hiltunen, Risto 2013. ‘Pragmatics on the page: visual text in late medieval English books’, European Journal of English Studies 17 (1): 5471CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cawdrey, Robert 1604. A Table Alphabetical. London: I. R. for Edmund WeaverGoogle Scholar
Caxton, William (trans.) 1480. The Description of Britayne, & also Irlonde taken out of Polichronicon. Westminster: W. CaxtonGoogle Scholar
Cedergren, Henrietta and Sankoff, David 1974. ‘Variable rules: performance as a statistical reflection of competence’, Language 50 (2): 333–55CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Cercignani, Fausto 1981. Shakespeare's Works and Elizabethan Pronunciation. Oxford: ClarendonGoogle Scholar
Chambers, J. K. 1995. Sociolinguistic Theory. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Chambers, J. K., Trudgill, Peter, and Schilling-Estes, Natalie (eds.) 2002. The Handbook of Language Variation and Change. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Chaucer, Geoffrey. ‘The Canterbury tales’. See Benson 1987Google Scholar
Cheshire, Jenny 1982. Variation in an English Dialect: A Sociolinguistic Study. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Cheshire, Jenny and Milroy, James 1993. ‘Syntactic variation in non-standard dialects: background issues’, in Milroy, James and Milroy, Lesley (eds.), Real English: The Grammar of English Dialects in the British Isles. London: Longman, pp. 333Google Scholar
Chibnall, Marjorie (ed., trans.) 1969–80. The Ecclesiastical History of Orderic Vitalis, 6 vols. Oxford: ClarendonGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, Noam 1973. ‘Conditions on transformations’, in Anderson, Stephen and Kiparsky, Paul (eds.), A Festschrift for Morris Halle. New York, NY: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, pp. 232–86Google Scholar
Chomsky, Noam 1981. Lectures on Government and Binding: The Pisa Lectures. Dordrecht: ForisGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, Noam 1986. Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin, and Use. New York, NY: PraegerGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, Noam 2004. ‘Beyond explanatory adequacy’, in Belletti, Adriana (ed.), Structures and Beyond. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 104–31Google Scholar
Chomsky, Noam 2005. ‘Three factors in language design’, Linguistic Inquiry 36 (1): 122CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Chomsky, Noam 2007. ‘Approaching UG from below’, in Sauerland, Uli and Gärtner, Hans-Martin (eds.), Interfaces + Recursion = Language?. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 129Google Scholar
Chomsky, Noam and Halle, , , Morris 1968. The Sound Pattern of English. Cambridge, MA: MIT PressGoogle Scholar
Cinque, Guglielmo 1999. Adverbs and Functional Heads: A Cross-linguistic Perspective. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Claridge, Claudia 2008. ‘Historical corpora’, in Lüdeling, Anke and Kytö, Merja (eds.), Corpus Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 242–59Google Scholar
Claridge, Claudia 2010. ‘News discourse’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 587620CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Claridge, Claudia 2012. ‘Linguistic levels: styles, registers, genres, text types’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 237–53Google Scholar
Claridge, Claudia 2013. ‘The evolution of three pragmatic markers: as it were, so to speak/say and if you like’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 14 (2): 161–84CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Claridge, Claudia and Kytö, Merja 2014. ‘I had lost sight of them then for a bit, but I went on pretty fast: two degree modifiers in the Old Bailey Corpus’, in Taavitsainen, Irma, Jucker, Andreas H. and Tuominen, Jukka (eds.), Diachronic Corpus Pragmatics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 2952CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clark, Cecily (ed.) 1970. The Peterborough Chronicle, 1070–1154. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Clark, Herbert H. 1996. Using Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clédat, Léon 1891. Rutebeuf. Paris: HachetteGoogle Scholar
Clemens, Raymond and Graham, Timothy 2007. Introduction to Manuscript Studies. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University PressGoogle Scholar
Closs, Elizabeth 1965. ‘Diachronic syntax and generative grammar’, Language 41 (3): 402–15CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Clyne, Michael 2003. Dynamics of Language Contact: English and Immigrant Languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Coates, Richard 2009. ‘A glimpse through a dirty window into an unlit house: names of some North-west European islandsʼ, in Ahrens, Wolfgang, Embleton, Sheila and Lapierre, André (eds.), Proceedings of the 23rd International Congress of Onomastic Sciences. Toronto: York University, pp. 228–42Google Scholar
Colleman, Timothy and Clerck, De, , Bernard 2011. ‘Constructional semantics on the move: on semantic specialization in the English double object construction’, Cognitive Linguistics 22 (1): 183209CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Collins, Daniel 2001. Reanimated Voices: Speech Reporting in a Historical-pragmatic Perspective. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Collins, Peter, Borlongan, Ariane Macalinga and Yao, Xinyue 2014. ‘Modality in Philippine English: a diachronic study’, Diachronic Approaches to Modality in World Englishes, special issue of Journal of English Linguistics 42 (1): 6888CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Colman, Fran 1984. ʻAnglo-Saxon pennies and Old English phonologyʼ, Folia Linguistica Historica 5: 91143Google Scholar
Colman, Fran 1986. ‘A cǣġ to Old English syllable structure’, in Kastovsky, Dieter and Szwedek, Alexander (eds.), Linguistics across Historical and Geographical Boundaries, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 225–30Google Scholar
Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo 2012. ‘The role of social networks and mobility in diachronic sociolinguistics’, in Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo (eds.), The Handbook of Historical Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 332–52Google Scholar
Conner, Patrick W. 1998. ʻBeyond the ASPR: electronic editions of Old English poetryʼ, in Keefer, Sarah Larratt and O'Brien O'Keeffe, Katherine (eds.), New Approaches to Editing Old English Verse. Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, pp. 109–26Google Scholar
Cooper, Christopher 1685. Grammatica linguæ anglicanæ. LondonGoogle Scholar
Cooper, Christopher 1687. The English Teacher. London: John Richardson for the AuthorGoogle Scholar
Cooper, Paul 2013. ‘Enregisterment in historical contexts: a framework’. Doctoral dissertation, University of SheffieldGoogle Scholar
Corrigan, Karen P. 1996. ‘“Plain life depicted in fiery shorthand”: sociolinguistic aspects of the languages and dialects of Ulster and Scotland as portrayed in Scott's Waverley (1814) and Banim's The Boyne Water (1826)’, Scottish Language 14/15: 218–33Google Scholar
Corrigan, Karen P. 2012. ‘GOAT vowel variants in the Diachronic Electronic Corpus of Tyneside English (DECTE)’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 9093CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Coulmas, Florian (ed.) 1986. Direct and Indirect Speech. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Craigie, Sir William, A., Aitken, A. J., Stevenson, James A. C. and Dareau, Marace (eds.) 1931–2002. A Dictionary of the Older Scottish Tongue. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Available online as part of the Dictionary of the Scots Language. www.dsl.ac.ukGoogle Scholar
Crisma, Paola 2007. ‘Were they “dropping their aitches”? A quantitative study of h-loss in Middle English’, English Language and Linguistics 11 (1): 5180CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crisma, Paola and Longobardi, Giuseppe (eds.) 2009. Historical Syntax and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Croft, William 2000. Explaining Language Change: An Evolutionary Approach. Harlow: Pearson EducationGoogle Scholar
Croft, William 2001. Radical Construction Grammar: Syntactic Theory in Typological Perspective. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Croft, William 2003 [1990]. Typology and Universals. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Croft, William and Cruse, D. Alan 2004. Cognitive Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Crowley, Tony 1991. Proper English? Readings in Language, History and Cultural Identity. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Cruttenden, Alan 2008. Gimson's Pronunciation of English. London: Edward Arnold (7th edn rev.)Google Scholar
Crystal, David 2008. ‘Two thousand million?’, English Today 24 (1): 36CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Culpeper, Jonathan 2010. ‘Historical sociopragmatics’, in Andreas, H. Jucker and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 6994CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Culpeper, Jonathan 2011. Impoliteness: Using Language to Cause Offence. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Culpeper, Jonathan and Archer, Dawn 2008. ‘Requests and directness in Early Modern English trial proceedings and play texts, 1640–1760’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Speech Acts in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 4584CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Culpeper, Jonathan and Clapham, Phoebe 1996. ‘The borrowing of Classical and Romance words into English: a study based on the electronic Oxford English Dictionary’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 1 (2): 199218CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Culpeper, Jonathan and Kytö, Merja 2010. Early Modern English Dialogues: Spoken Interaction as Writing. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Culpeper, Jonathan, Short, Mick and Verdonk, Peter (eds.) 1998. Exploring the Language of Drama: From Text to Context. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Curzan, Anne 2003. Gender Shifts in the History of English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Curzan, Anne 2009. ‘Historical corpus linguistics and evidence of language change’, in Lüdeling, Anke and Kytö, Merja (eds.), Corpus Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1091–109Google Scholar
Curzan, Anne and Palmer, Chris C. 2006. ‘The importance of historical corpora, reliability, and reading’, in Facchinetti, Roberta and Rissanen, Matti (eds.), Corpus-based Studies in Diachronic English. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 1734Google Scholar
Cusack, Bridget (ed.) 1998. Everyday English 1500–1700: A Reader. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
d'Ardenne, S. R. T. O. (ed.) 1961. Þe liflade and te Passiun of Seinte Iuliene. London: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Dal, Ingerid 1952. ‘Zur Entstehung des englischen Participium Praesentis auf -ing’, Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 16: 5116Google Scholar
Dalen-Oskam, K. H. 2012. ‘The secret life of scribes: exploring fifteen manuscripts of Jacob van Maerlant's Scolastica (1271)’, Literary and Linguistic Computing 27: 355–72Google Scholar
Dalton-Puffer, Christiane 1995. ‘Middle English is a creole and its opposite: on the value of plausible speculation’, in Fisiak, Jacek (ed.), Linguistic Change under Contact Conditions. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 3550CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dalton-Puffer, ChristianeFisiak, Jacek 1996. The French Influence on Middle English Morphology: A Corpus-based Study of Derivation. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Danchev, Andrei 1997. ‘The Middle English creolization hypothesis revisited’, in Fisiak, Jacek (ed.), Studies in Middle English Linguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 79108CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Danchev, Andrei and Kytö, Merja 1994. ‘The construction be going to + infinitive in Early Modern English’, in Kastovsky, Dieter (ed.), Studies in Early Modern English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 5977CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Danet, Brenda and Bogoch, Bryna 1994. ‘Orality, literacy, and performativity in Anglo-Saxon wills’, in Gibbons, John (ed.), Language and the Law. London: Longman, pp. 100–35Google Scholar
Davidse, Kristin, Vandelanotte, Lieven and Cuyckens, Hubert (eds.) 2010. Subjectification, Intersubjectification and Grammaticalization. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davies, Mark 2010. ‘The Corpus of Contemporary American English as the first reliable monitor corpus of English’, Literary and Linguistic Computing 25: 447–64CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davies, Mark 2012a. ‘Expanding horizons in historical linguistics with the 400 million word Corpus of Historical American English’, Corpora 7: 121–57CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davies, Mark 2012b. ‘Some methodological issues related to corpus-based investigations of recent syntactic changes in English’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 157–74Google Scholar
Davies, Mark 2013. ‘Recent shifts with three nonfinite verbal complements in English: data from the 100-million-word Time Corpus (1920s–2000s)’, in Aarts, Bas, Close, Joanne, Leech, Geoffrey and Wallis, Sean (eds.), The Verb Phrase in English: Investigating Recent Language Change with Corpora. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 4667CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Davis, Norman (ed.) 1971. Paston Letters and Papers of the Fifteenth Century, Part I. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Electronic version available at the Oxford Text ArchiveGoogle Scholar
Davis, Norman 1989. ‘The language of the Pastons’, in Burrow, J. A. (ed.), Middle English Literature: British Academy Gollancz Lectures. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 4570Google Scholar
Davis, Stuart 2003. ‘The footing of dactylic sequences in American English’, in Honma, Takeru, Okazaki, Masao, Tabata, Toshiyuki and Tanaka, Shin-ichi (eds.), A New Century of Phonology and Phonological Theory: A Festschrift for Professor Shosuke Haraguchi on the Occasion of his Sixtieth Birthday. Tokyo: Kaitakusha, pp. 277–89Google Scholar
Day, Mabel 1952. The English Text of the Ancrene Riwle: BM MS Cotton Nero A.14. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
de Fina, Anna, Schiffrin, Deborah and Bamberg, Michael (eds.) 2006. Discourse and Identity. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
de Man, Paul 1986. The Resistance to Theory. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota PressGoogle Scholar
De Smet, Hendrik 2005. ‘A corpus of Late Modern English texts’, ICAME Journal 29: 6982Google Scholar
De Smet, Hendrik 2009. ‘Analysing reanalysis’, Lingua 119: 1728–55CrossRefGoogle Scholar
De Smet, Hendrik 2012. ‘The course of actualization’, Language 88: 601–33CrossRefGoogle Scholar
De Smet, Hendrik 2013. Spreading Patterns: Diffusional Change in the English System of Complementation. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
De Smet, Hendrik, Ghesquière, Lobke and Van de Velde, Freek (eds.) 2013. On Multiple Source Constructions in Language Change, special issue of Studies in Language 37 (3)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
De Smet, Hendrik and Verstraete, Jean-Christophe 2006. ‘Coming to terms with subjectivity’, Cognitive Linguistics 17: 365–92Google Scholar
Defour, Tine 2010. ‘The semantic-pragmatic development of well from the viewpoint of (inter)subjectification’, in Davidse, Kristin, Vandelanotte, Lieven and Cuyckens, Hubert (eds.), Subjectification, Intersubjectification and Grammaticalization. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 155–95Google Scholar
Defour, Tine and Simon Vandenbergen, Anne-Marie 2010. ‘“Positive appraisal” as a core meaning of well: a corpus-based analysis in Middle and Early Modern English data’, English Studies 91 (6): 643–73CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dekeyser, Xavier 1975. Number and Case Relations in 19th Century British English: A Comparative Study of Grammar and Usage. Antwerp/Amsterdam: Uitgeverij De Nederlandsche BoekhandelGoogle Scholar
Denison, David 1998. ‘Syntax’, in Romaine, Suzanne (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume IV: 1776–1997. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 92329Google Scholar
Derwing, Bruce L. 1992. ‘A “pause-break” task for eliciting syllable boundary judgments from literate and illiterate speakers: preliminary results for five diverse languages’, Language and Speech 35 (1–2): 219–35CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Deuber, Dagmar, Biewer, Carolin, Hackert, Stephanie and Hilbert, Michaela 2012. ‘Will and would in selected New Englishes: general and variety-specific tendencies’, in Hundt, Marianne and Ulrike, Gut (eds.), Mapping Unity and Diversity World-wide: Corpus-based Studies of New Englishes. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 77102CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Devitt, Amy J. 1989a. ‘Genre as textual variable: some historical evidence from Scots and American English’, American Speech 64 (4): 291303CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Devitt, Amy J. 1989b. Standardising Written English: Diffusion in the Case of Scotland 1520–1659. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Dietz, Klaus 2007. ‘Denominale Abstraktbildungen des Altenglischen: die Wortbildung der Abstrakta auf -dōm, -hād, -lāc, -rǣden, -sceaft, -stæf und -wist und ihrer Entsprechungen im Althochdeutschen und im Altnordischen’, in Hans, Fix (ed.), Beiträge zur Morphologie: Germanisch, Baltisch, Ostseefinnisch. Odense: University Press of Southern Denmark, pp. 97172CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Diller, Hans-Jürgen 1994. ‘Emotions in the English lexicon: a historical study of a lexical field’, in Fernández, Francisco, Fuster Márquez, Miguel and Calvo, Juan José (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 1992. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 219–34Google Scholar
Diller, Hans-Jürgen 2001. ‘Genre in linguistic and related discourses’, in Diller, Hans-Jürgen and Görlach, Manfred (eds.), Towards a History of English as a History of Genres. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 343Google Scholar
Diller, Hans-Jürgen 2013. ‘Culturomics and genre: wrath and anger in the 17th century’, in McConchie, R. W, Juvonen, Teo, Kaunisto, Mark, Nevala, Minna and Tyrkkö, Jukka (eds.), Selected Proceedings of the 2012 Symposium on New Approaches in English Historical Lexis (HEL-LEX 3). Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project, pp. 5465Google Scholar
Diller, Hans-Jürgen, De Smet, Hendrik and Tyrkkö, Jukka 2010. ‘A European database of descriptors of English electronic texts’, The European English Messenger 19 (2): 2935Google Scholar
Diller, Hans-Jürgen and Görlach, Manfred (eds.) 2001. Towards a History of English as a History of Genres. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Dines, Elizabeth 1980. ‘Variation in discourse – “and stuff like that”’, Language in Society 9: 1331CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Divjak, Dagmar S. and Gries, Stefan Th. 2008. ‘Clusters in the mind? Converging evidence from near synonymy in Russian’, Mental Lexicon 3 (2): 188213CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Doane, Alger N. 1991. The Saxon Genesis: An Edition of the West Saxon Genesis B and the Old Saxon Vatican Genesis. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin PressGoogle Scholar
Dobson, Eric J. 1957. English Pronunciation 1500–1700, 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Dobson, Eric J. 1968. English Pronunciation 1500–1700, 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon Press (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Dobson, Eric J. 1972. The English Text of the Ancrene Riwle: BM Cotton MS Cleopatra C.6. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Docherty, Gerard and Mendoza-Denton, Norma 2012. ‘Speaker-related variation – sociophonetic factors’, in Cohn, Abigail C., Fougeron, Cécile and Huffman, Marie K (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Laboratory Phonology. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 4360Google Scholar
Dollinger, Stefan 2006a. ‘Oh Canada! Towards the Corpus of Early Ontario English’, in Renouf, Antoinette and Kehoe, Andrew (eds.), The Changing Face of Corpus Linguistics. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 725CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dollinger, Stefan 2006b. ‘The modal auxiliaries have to and must in the Corpus of Early Ontario English: gradient change and colonial lag’, Canadian Journal of Linguistics 51 (2–3): 287308CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Donne, John 1957 [1621]. The Sermons, Vol. 3. Ed. by Potter, George R. and Simpson, Evelyn M.. Berkeley, CA: University of California PressGoogle Scholar
Dons, Ute 2004. Descriptive Adequacy of Early Modern English Grammars. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dossena, Marina 2010. ‘Building trust through (self-)appraisal in nineteenth-century business correspondence’, in Pahta, Päivi, Nevala, Minna, Nurmi, Arja and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), Social Roles and Language Practices in Late Modern English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 191209CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dossena, Marina 2011. ‘Handwritten communication in nineteenth-century business correspondence’, in Pahta, Päivi and Jucker, Andreas H (eds.), Communicating Early English Manuscripts. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 133–46Google Scholar
Dossena, Marina and Fitzmaurice, Susan M. (eds.) 2006. Business and Official Correspondence: Historical Investigations. Bern: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Doty, Kathleen L. 2010. ‘Courtroom discourse’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 621–50Google Scholar
Durand, Jacques 1990. Generative and Non-linear Phonology. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Durand, Jacques, Gut, Ulrike and Kristoffersen, Gjert (eds.) 2014. The Oxford Handbook of Corpus Phonology. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Durkin, Philip 2002. ‘Changing documentation in the Third Edition of the Oxford English Dictionary: sixteenth-century vocabulary as a test case’, in Fanego, Teresa, Méndez-Naya, Belén and Seoane, Elena (eds.), Sounds, Words, Texts and Change, Vol. 2. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 6581CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Durkin, Philip 2009. The Oxford Guide to Etymology. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Durkin, Philip 2013. ‘Dating Middle English evidence in the OED’, OED Online. http://public.oed.com/aspects-of-english/english-in-time/dating-middle-english-evidence-in-the-oedGoogle Scholar
Durkin, Philip 2014. Borrowed Words: A History of Loanwords in English. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Dury, Richard 2002. ‘May’, in Gotti, Maurizio, Dossena, Marina, Dury, Richard, Facchinetti, Roberta and Lima, Maria (eds.), Variation in Central Modals: A Repertoire of Types and Forms of Usage in Middle English and Early Modern English. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 83128Google Scholar
Dury, Richard 2006. ‘A corpus of nineteenth-century business correspondence: methodology of transcriptionʼ, in Dossena, Marina and Fitzmaurice, Susan M (eds.), Business and Official Correspondence: Historical Investigations. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 193205Google Scholar
Dyche, Thomas and Pardon, William 1735. A New General English Dictionary […] to which is Prefixed a Compendious English Grammar. London.Google Scholar
Echard, Siân 1997. ‘Pre-texts: tables of contents and the reading of John Gower's Confessio Amantis’, Medium Ævum 66: 270–87CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eckardt, Regine 2006. Meaning Change in Grammaticalization: An Enquiry into Semantic Reanalysis. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eckert, Penelope 2000. Linguistic Variation as Social Practice. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Edden, Valerie 2000. The Index of Middle English Prose. Handlist XV: Manuscripts in Midland Libraries. Woodbridge: D. S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Eddington, David, Treiman, Rebecca and Elzinga, Dirk 2013. ‘Syllabification of American English: evidence from a large-scale experiment. Part I’, Journal of Quantitative Linguistics 20 (1): 4567CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Egan, Thomas 2012. ‘Prefer: the odd verb out’, in Hegedűs, Irén and Fodor, Alexandra (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 2010: Selected Papers from the Sixteenth International Conference on English Historical Linguistics (ICEHL 16), Pécs, 23–27 August 2010. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 215–28Google Scholar
Eggins, Suzanne and Martin, J. R. 1997. ‘Genres and registers of discourse’, in van Dijk, Teun A. (ed.), Discourse as Structure and Process. London: Sage Publications, pp. 230–56Google Scholar
Ehlich, Konrad 1992. ‘On the historicity of politeness’, in Watts, Richard J., Ide, Sachiko and Ehlich, Konrad (eds.), Politeness in Language: Studies in its History, Theory and Practice. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 71107Google Scholar
Ellis, Alexander 1889. Existing Dialectal as Compared with West Saxon Pronunciation. London: Trübner and CoGoogle Scholar
Ellis, Alexander 1890. English Dialects, their Sounds and Homes. London: English Dialect SocietyGoogle Scholar
Elmer, Willy 1981. Diachronic Grammar: The History of Old and Middle English Subjectless Constructions. Tübingen: NiemeyerCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Emmott, Catherine 1997. Narrative Comprehension: A Discourse Perspective. Oxford: Clarendon PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Emonds, Joseph and Faarlund, Jan Terje 2014. English: The Language of Vikings. Olomouc: Palacky UniversityGoogle Scholar
Ervin-Tripp, Susan M. 1972. ‘Sociolinguistic rules of address’, in Pride, John B. and Holmes, Janet (eds.), Sociolinguistics. Harmondsworth: Penguin, pp. 225–40Google Scholar
Evans, Stephen 2014. ‘The decline and fall of English in Hong Kong's Legislative Council’, Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 35 (5): 47996CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Evans, Stephen 2015. ‘Testing the Dynamic Model: the evolution of the Hong Kong English lexicon (1858–2012)’, Journal of English Linguistics 43 (3): 175200CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Evans, Vyvyan 2009. How Words Mean: Lexical Concepts, Cognitive Models, and Meaning Construction. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Eythórsson, Thórhallur 1995. ‘Verbal syntax in the Early Germanic languages’. Dissertation, Cornell UniversityGoogle Scholar
Facchinetti, Roberta 2000. ‘The modal verb shall between grammar and usage in the nineteenth century’, in Kastovsky, Dieter and Mettinger, Arthur (eds.), The History of English in a Social Context: A Contribution to Historical Sociolinguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 115–33Google Scholar
Facchinetti, Roberta, Brownlees, Nicholas, Bös, Birte and Fries, Udo 2012. News as Changing Texts: Corpora, Methodologies and Analysis. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge ScholarsGoogle Scholar
Fairclough, Norman 1995. Critical Discourse Analysis. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Fairman, Tony 2000. ‘English pauper letters 1800–34, and the English language’, in Barton, David and Hall, Nigel (eds.), Letter Writing as a Social Practice. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 6382CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fairman, Tony 2006. ‘Words in English record office documents of the early 1800s’, in Kytö, Merja, Rydén, Mats and Smitterberg, Erik (eds.), Nineteenth-century English: Stability and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 5688CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fallows, Deborah 1981. ‘Experimental evidence for English syllabification and syllable structure’, Journal of Linguistics 17 (2): 309–17CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Faya Cerqueiro, Fátima 2015. ‘An approach to parenthetical courtesy markers in requests in Late Modern English’, in Stefan Schneider, Julie Glikman and Mathieu Avanzi (eds.), Parenthetical Verbs. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 135–62Google Scholar
Feilke, Helmuth, Kappest, Klaus-Peter and Knobloch, Clemens (eds.) 2001. Grammatikalisierung, Spracherwerb und Schriftlichkeit. Tübingen: NiemeyerCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Feist, Sigmund 1932. ‘The origin of the Germanic languages and the Europeanization of North Europe’, Language 8: 245–54CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fennell, Barbara 2001. A History of English: A Sociolinguistic Approach. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Fennell, Barbara 2008. ‘Linguistic choices: analysing dialect representation in eighteenth-century Irish and Scottish literature in English’, Journal of Irish and Scottish Studies 1: 5970CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fillmore, Charles J. 2013. ‘Berkeley construction grammar’, in Hoffmann, Thomas and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Construction Grammar. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 111–32Google Scholar
Filppula, Markku 2003. ‘More on the English progressive and the Celtic connection’, in Tristram, Hildegard L. C. (ed.), The Celtic Englishes III. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 150–68Google Scholar
Filppula, Markku and Klemola, Juhani (eds.) 2009. Re-evaluating the Celtic Hypothesis, special issue of English Language and Linguistics 13 (2)Google Scholar
Filppula, Markku, Klemola, Juhani and Pitkänen, Heli (eds.) 2002. The Celtic Roots of English. Joensuu: Joensuu University PressGoogle Scholar
Filppula, Markku, Klemola, Juhani and Paulasrto, Heli 2008. English and Celtic in Contact. London: RoutledgeCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Finegan, Edward 1998. ‘English grammar and usage’, in Romaine, Suzanne (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume IV: 1776–1997. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 536–88Google Scholar
Finkenstaedt, Thomas 1963. You und Thou: Studien zur Anrede im Englischen, mit einem Exkurs über die Anrede im Deutschen. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Finkenstaedt, Thomas and Wolff, Dieter with contributions by Neuhaus, H. Joachim and Herget, Winfried 1973. Ordered Profusion: Studies in Dictionaries and the English Lexicon. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Firth, J. R. 1957. Papers in Linguistics 1934–1951. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Andreas 2004. ‘“Non olet”: euphemisms we live by’, in Christian, Kay, Hough, Carole and Wotherspoon, Irené (eds.), New Perspectives on English Historical Linguistics. Volume II: Lexis and Transmission. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 91107CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 1989. ‘The origin and spread of the accusative and infinitive construction in English’, Folia Linguistica Historica 8: 143217Google Scholar
Fischer, Olga 1991. ‘The rise of the passive infinitive in English’, in Kastovsky, Dieter (ed.), Historical English Syntax. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 141–88Google Scholar
Fischer, Olga 1992a. ‘Syntactic change and borrowing: the case of the accusative- and-infinitive construction in English’, in Gerritsen, Marinel and Stein, Dieter (eds.), Internal and External Factors in Syntactic Change. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1788CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 1992b. ‘Syntax’, in Blake, Norman (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume II: 1066–1476. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 207408CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 1994a. ‘The development of quasi-auxiliaries in English and changes in word order’, Neophilologus 78: 137–64CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 1994b. ‘The fortunes of the Latin-type accusative and infinitive construction in Dutch and English compared’, in Swan, Toril, Mørck, Endre and Westvik, Olaf Jansen (eds.), Language Change and Language Structure: Older Germanic Languages in a Comparative Perspective. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 91133CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 2000. ‘The position of the adjective in Old English’, in Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo, Denison, David, Hogg, Richard M. and McCully, C. B. (eds.), Generative Theory and Corpus Studies: A Dialogue from 10 ICEHL. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 153–81Google Scholar
Fischer, Olga 2006. ‘On the position of adjectives in Middle English’, English Language and Linguistics 10: 253–88CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 2007. Morphosyntactic Change: Functional and Formal Perspectives. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 2011. ‘Grammaticalization as analogically driven change?’, in Narrog, Heiko and Heine, Bernd (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Grammaticalization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 3142Google Scholar
Fischer, Olga 2012. ‘The status of the postposed ‘and-adjective’ construction in Old English: attributive or predicative?’, in Denison, David, Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo, McCully, Chris and Moore, Emma (eds.), Analysing Older English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 251–84Google Scholar
Fischer, Olga 2013. ‘The role of contact in English syntactic change in the Old and Middle English periods’, in Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), English as a Contact Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1844CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga 2015. ‘The influence of the grammatical system and analogy in processes of language change: the case of the auxiliation of HAVE-to once again’, in Fabienne, Toupin and Brian, Lowrey (eds.), Studies in Linguistic Variation and Change: From Old to Middle English. Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars, pp. 120–50Google Scholar
Fischer, Olga and Rosenbach, Anette 2000. ‘Introduction’, in Fischer, Olga, Rosenbach, Anette and Stein, Dieter (eds.), Pathways of Change: Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 137CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga, Kemenade, Ans, Koopman, Willem and Wurff, Wim van der 2000. The Syntax of Early English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Fischer, Olga, Rosenbach, Anette and Stein, Dieter (eds.) 2000. Pathways of Change: Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fisher, John H. 1977. ‘Chancery and the emergence of standard written English in the fifteenth century’, Speculum 52: 870–99CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fisher, John H. 1996. The Emergence of Standard English. Lexington, KY: University Press of KentuckyGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, James (ed.) 1997. Margaret Cavendish, CCXI Sociable Letters. New York, NY: GarlandGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, Susan M. 2000. ‘Tentativeness and insistence in the expression of politeness in Margaret Cavendish's Sociable Letters’, Language & Literature 9 (1): 724CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, Susan M. 2002a. ‘Politeness and modal meaning in the construction of humiliative discourse in an early eighteenth-century network of patron–client relationships’, English Language and Linguistics 6 (2): 239–65CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, Susan M. 2002b. ‘Servant or patron? Jacob Tonson and the language of deference and respect’, Language Sciences 24 (3): 247–60CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, Susan M. 2002c. The Familiar Letter in Early Modern English: A Pragmatic Approach. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, Susan M. 2004. ‘Subjectivity, intersubjectivity and the historical construction of interlocutor stance: from stance markers to discourse markers’, Discourse Studies 6: 427–48CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, Susan M. 2007. ‘The world of the periodical essay: social networks and discourse communities in eighteenth-century London’, Historical Sociolinguistics and Sociohistorical Linguistics 7. www.let.leidenuniv.nl/hsl_shl/periodical%20essay.htmGoogle Scholar
Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.) 2007. Methods in Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fleischman, Suzanne 1990. ʻPhilology, linguistics, and the discourse of the medieval textʼ, Speculum 65: 1937CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Foote, Peter and Quirk, Randolph (eds.) 1953. Gunnlaugssaga Ormstungu. London: Viking Society for Northern ResearchGoogle Scholar
Forker, Charles 1989. ʻWebster or Shakespeare? Style, idiom, vocabulary, and spelling in the addition to Sir Thomas Moreʼ, in Howard-Hill, T. H. (ed.), Shakespeare and ‘Sir Thomas More’: Essays on the Play and its Shakespearian Interest. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 151–70Google Scholar
Fowler, Alastair 1982. Kinds of Literature: An Introduction to the Theory of Genres and Modes. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Fox, Denton 1972. ‘Henryson's “Sum Practysis of Medecyne”’, Studies in Philology 69: 453–60Google ScholarPubMed
Fox, Denton 1981. The Poems of Robert Henryson. Oxford: Clarendon PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Frampton, Saul 2013. ‘Who edited Shakespeare?’, The Guardian 12 July 2013. www.theguardian.com/books/2013/jul/12/who-edited-shakespeare-john-florioGoogle Scholar
Frank, Roberta 1994. ‘King Cnut in the verse of his skalds’, in Rumble, Alexander R (ed.), The Reign of Cnut: King of England, Denmark, and Norway. London: Leicester University Press, pp. 106–24Google Scholar
Fried, Mirjam 2008. ‘Constructions and constructs: mapping a shift between predication and attribution’, in Bergs, Alexander and Diewald, Gabriele (eds.), Constructions and Language Change. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 4779CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fried, Mirjam 2010. ‘Grammar and interaction: new directions in constructional research’, Constructions and Frames 2: 125–33CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fried, Mirjam 2013. ‘Principles of constructional change’, in Hoffmann, Thomas and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Construction Grammar. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 419–37Google Scholar
Fried, Mirjam, Östman, Jan-Ola and Verschueren, Jef (eds.) 2010. Variation and Change: Pragmatic Perspectives. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Friedrich, Paul 1986. ‘Social context and semantic feature: the Russian pronominal usage’, in Gumperz, John J. and Hymes, Dell (eds.), Directions in Sociolinguistics: The Ethnography of Communication. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, pp. 270300Google Scholar
Fries, Udo 1998. ‘Dialogue in instructional texts’, in Borgmeier, Raimund, Grabes, Herbert and Jucker, Andreas H (eds.), Anglistentag 1997 Giessen: Proceedings. Trier: Wissenschaftlicher Verlag, pp. 8596Google Scholar
Fries, Udo and Schneider, Peter 2000. ‘ZEN: preparing the Zurich English Newspaper Corpus’, in Ungerer, Friedrich (ed.), English Media Texts – Past and Present: Language and Textual Structure. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 324CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fritz, Clemens 2000. ‘The Irish in Australia: aspects of linguistic accommodation’, in Tristram, Hildegard L. C (ed.), The Celtic Englishes II. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 5774Google Scholar
Fritz, Clemens 2007. From English in Australia to Australian English 1788–1900. Frankfurt: Peter LangCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fritz, Gerd 1995. ‘Topics in the history of dialogue forms’, in Jucker, Andreas H. (ed.), Historical Pragmatics: Pragmatic Developments in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 469–98Google Scholar
Fulk, R. D. 1997. ‘Ambisyllabicity in Old English: a contrary view’, in Rauch, Irmengard and Carr, Gerald F (eds.), Insights in Germanic Linguistics II: Classic and Contemporary. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 2945Google Scholar
Fulk, R. D. 2008. ʻAnglian dialect features in Old English anonymous homiletic literature: a survey, with preliminary findingsʼ, in Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Minkova, Donka (eds.), Studies in the History of the English Language IV: Empirical and Analytical Advances in the Study of English Language Change. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 81100CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fulk, R. D. 2010. ʻLocalizing and dating Old English anonymous prose, and how the inherent problems relate to Anglo-Saxon legislationʼ, in Jurasinski, Stefan, Oliver, Lisi and Rabin, Andrew (eds.), English Law before Magna Carta: Felix Liebermann and Die Gesetze der Angelsachsen. Leiden: Brill, pp. 5979CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Fulk, R. D. 2012. ʻAnglian features in late West Saxon proseʼ, in Denison, David, Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo, McCully, Chris and Moore, Emma (eds.), Analysing Older English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 6374Google Scholar
Gaaf, Willem van der 1931. ‘Beon and habban connected with an inflected infinitive’, English Studies 13: 176–88Google Scholar
Gabelentz, Georg von der 1901 [1891]. Die Sprachwissenshaft. Ihre Aufgaben, Methoden und bisherigen Ergebnisse. Leipzig: Weigel. [Reprint Tübingen: Narr, 1972]Google Scholar
García-Bermejo Giner, Maria F. and Montgomery, Michael 1997. ‘British regional English in the nineteenth century: the evidence from emigrant letters’, in Thomas, Alan R. (ed.), Issues and Methods in Dialectology. Bangor: University of Wales Bangor, Department of Linguistics, pp. 167–83Google Scholar
Garrett, Andrew 2012. ‘The historical syntax problem: reanalysis and directionality’, in Jonas, Dianne, Whitman, John and Garrett, Andrew (eds.), Grammatical Change: Origins, Nature, Outcomes. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 5272Google Scholar
Gatto, Maristella 2011. ‘The “Body” and the “Web”: the Web as corpus ten years on’, ICAME Journal 35: 3558Google Scholar
Geeraerts, Dirk 1997. Diachronic Prototype Semantics: A Contribution to Historical Lexicology. Oxford: Clarendon PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Geeraerts, Dirk 2010. Theories of Lexical Semantics. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Geeraerts, Dirk, Gevaert, Caroline and Speelman, Dirk 2012. ‘How anger rose: hypothesis testing in diachronic semantics’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 109–31Google Scholar
Gehweiler, Elke 2010. ‘Interjections and expletives’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 315–49Google Scholar
Gelderen, Elly 1993. The Rise of Functional Categories. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelderen, Elly 2004. Grammaticalization as Economy. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelderen, Elly 2006. A History of the English Language. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelderen, Elly 2011a. ‘Grammaticalization and generative grammar: a difficult liaison’, in Narrog, Heiko and Heine, Bernd (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Grammaticalization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 4355Google Scholar
Gelderen, Elly 2011b. The Linguistic Cycle: Language Change and the Language Faculty. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelderen, Elly 2013. Clause Structure. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelderen, Elly 2014. ‘Generative syntax and language change’, in Claire Bowern and Bethwyn Evans (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Historical Linguistics. London: Routledge, pp. 326–42CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gelling, Margaret 1993. Place-names in the Landscape: The Geographical Roots of Britain's Place-names. London: DentGoogle Scholar
Genette, Gérard 1997 [1987]. Paratexts: Thresholds of Interpretation. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gentner, Dedre 2010. ‘Bootstrapping the mind: analogical processes and symbol systems’, Cognitive Science 34: 752–75CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Ghesquière, Lobke, Brems, Lieselotte and Van de Velde, Freek 2012. ‘Intersubjectivity and intersubjectification: typology and operationalization’, in Brems, Lieselotte, Ghesquière, Lobke and Van de Velde, Freek (eds.), Intersections of Intersubjectivity, special issue of English Text Construction 5: 128–52CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gil(l), Alexander 1619. Logonomia Anglica. London: Johannes BealeGoogle Scholar
Gill, Alexander 1968 [1621]. Logonomia Anglica. York: MentsonGoogle Scholar
Cambrensis, Giraldus. ‘Expugnatio Hibernica’. See Scott and Martin 1978Google Scholar
Gisborne, Nikolas and Patten, Amanda L. 2011. ‘Construction grammar and grammaticalization’, in Narrog, Heiko and Heine, Bernd (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Grammaticalization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 92104Google Scholar
Gneuss, Helmut 1972. ‘The origin of standard Old English and Æthelwold's school at Winchester’, Anglo-Saxon England 1: 6383CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gneuss, Helmut 2001. Handlist of Anglo-Saxon Manuscripts: A List of Manuscripts and Manuscript Fragments Written or Owned in England up to 1100. Tempe, AZ: Arizona Center for Medieval and Renaissance StudiesGoogle Scholar
Gneuss, Helmut 2003. ‘Addenda and corrigenda to the Handlist of Anglo-Saxon Manuscripts’, Anglo-Saxon England 32: 293305CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gneuss, Helmut 2011. ‘Second addenda and corrigenda to the Handlist of Anglo-Saxon Manuscripts’, Anglo-Saxon England 40: 293306CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Godden, Malcolm R. 1992. ‘Literary language’, in Hogg, Richard M (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume I: The Beginnings to 1066. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 490535CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Goldberg, Adele E. 1995. Constructions: A Construction Grammar Approach to Argument Structure. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago PressGoogle Scholar
Goldberg, Adele E. 2006. Constructions at Work: The Nature of Generalization in Language. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Goldberg, Adele E. 2013. ‘Constructionist approaches’, in Hoffmann, Thomas and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Construction Grammar. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 1531Google Scholar
González-Díaz, Victorina 2008. ‘On normative grammarians and the double marking of degree’, in Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid (ed.), Grammars, Grammarians and Grammar-writing in Eighteenth-century England. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 289310CrossRefGoogle Scholar
González-Díaz, Victorina 2009. ‘Little old problems: adjectives and subjectivity in the English NP’, Transactions of the Philological Society 107 (3): 376402CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gordon, E. V. (ed.) 1953. Pearl. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gordon, Elizabeth 1998. ‘The origins of New Zealand speech: the limits of recovering historical information from written records’, English World-Wide 19 (1): 6185CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gordon, Elizabeth, Campbell, Lyle, Hay, Jennifer, Maclagan, Margaret, Sudbury, Andrea and Trudgill, Peter 2004. New Zealand English: Its Origins and Evolution. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 1986. ‘Middle English – a creole?’, in Kastovsky, Dieter and Szwedek, Aleksander (eds.), Linguistics across Historical and Geographical Boundaries. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 329–44Google Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 1991. Introduction to Early Modern English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 1998a. An Annotated Bibliography of Nineteenth-century Grammars of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 1998b. Studies in Middle English Saints’ Legends. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 1999a. English in Nineteenth-century England: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 1999b. ‘Regional and social variation’, in Lass, Roger (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume III: 1476–1776. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 459538Google Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 2001. Eighteenth-century English. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Görlach, Manfred 2004. Text Types and the History of English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gotti, Maurizio 2001. ‘The experimental essay in Early Modern English’, European Journal of English Studies 5: 221–39CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gotti, Maurizio 2006. ‘Disseminating early modern science: specialized news discourse in the Philosophical Transactions’, in Brownlees, Nicholas (ed.), News Discourse in Early Modern Britain: Selected Papers of CHINED 2004. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 4170Google Scholar
Gotti, Maurizio 2008. Investigating Specialized Discourse. Bern: Peter Lang (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Gotti, Maurizio, Dossena, Marina, Dury, Richard, Facchinetti, Roberta and Lima, Maria (eds.) 2002. Variation in Central Modals: A Repertoire of Forms and Types of Usage in Middle English and Early Modern English. Bern: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Gradon, Pamela 1965–79. Dan Michel's Ayenbite of Inwyt (EETS OS 23, 278). Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Graff, Gerald 1987. Professing Literature: An Institutional History. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago PressGoogle Scholar
Grafmiller, Jason 2014. ‘Variation in English genitives across modality and genre’, English Language and Linguistics, 18 (3): 471–96CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Grant, Anthony 2009. ‘Loanwords in British English’, in Haspelmath, Martin and Tadmor, Uri (eds.), Loanwords in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, 360–83Google Scholar
Gray, Douglas 1979. Robert Henryson. Leiden: E. J. BrillCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Greenacre, Michael 2007. Correspondence Analysis in Practice. Boca Raton, FL: Chapman & Hall/CRC (2nd edn)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Greenberg, Joseph H. 1978. ‘Diachrony, synchrony, and language universals’, in Greenberg, Joseph H, Ferguson, Charles A. and Moravcsik, Edith A. (eds.), Universals of Human Language. Volume 1: Method & Theory. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, pp. 6191Google Scholar
Greenwood, James 1711. An Essay Towards a Practical English Grammar. London: R. TookeyGoogle Scholar
Greetham, David C. 1991. ‘Textual scholarship’, in Gibaldi, Joseph (ed.), Introduction to Scholarship in Modern Languages and Literatures. New York, NY: Modern Language Association, pp. 103–37Google Scholar
Greetham, David C. 1994. Textual Scholarship: An Introduction. London: GarlandGoogle Scholar
Greetham, David C. 1999. Theories of the Text. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gretsch, Mechthild 2006. ‘A key to Ælfric's standard Old English’, Leeds Studies in English 37: 161–77Google Scholar
Grice, Paul 1989. Studies in the Way of Words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University PressGoogle Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th. 2002. ‘Evidence in linguistics: three approaches to genitives in English’, in Brend, Ruth. M., Sullivan, William J. and Lommel, Arle R. (eds.), LACUS Forum XXVIII: What Constitutes Evidence in Linguistics. Houston, TX: LACUS, pp. 1731Google Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th 2003. Multifactorial Analysis in Corpus Linguistics: A Study of Particle Placement. London/New York, NY: ContinuumGoogle Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th 2012. ‘Commentary: corpus-based methods’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A. (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 184–95Google Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th 2013. Statistics for Linguistics with R: A Practical Introduction. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter (2nd rev. and extended edn)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th. and Hilpert, Martin 2008. ‘The identification of stages in diachronic data: variability-based neighbour clustering’, Corpora 3 (1): 5981CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th. and Hilpert, Martin 2010. ‘Modeling diachronic change in the third person singular: a multifactorial, verb- and author-specific exploratory approach’, English Language and Linguistics 14 (3): 293320CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th. and Hilpert, Martin 2012. ‘Variability-based neighbor clustering: a bottom-up approach to periodization in historical linguistics’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 134–44Google Scholar
Gries, Stefan Th. and Stefanowitsch, Anatol 2004. ‘Extending collostructional analysis: a corpus-based perspective on “alternations”’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 9 (1): 97129CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Griffith, Mark (ed.) 1997. Judith. Exeter: University of Exeter PressGoogle Scholar
Grimm, Jacob 1822. Deutsche Grammatik, Vol. 1. Göttingen: Dieterich (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Grondelaers, Stefan, Speelman, Dirk and Geeraerts, Dirk 2007. ‘Lexical variation and change’, in Geeraerts, Dirk and Cuyckens, Hubert (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 9881011Google Scholar
Gross, Alan G., Harmon, Joseph E. and Reidy, Michael 2002. Communicating Science: The Scientific Article from the 17th Century to the Present. New York, NY: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Grue, Dustin 2012. “besides I” in The Old Bailey: A Corpus Investigation of ‘Besides’ as a Pragmatic Marker in Courtroom Discourse. Vancouver: University of British Columbia, MSGoogle Scholar
Grund, Peter J. 2006. ‘Manuscripts as sources for linguistic research: a methodological case study based on the Mirror of Lights’, Journal of English Linguistics 34 (2): 105–25CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Grund, Peter J. 2011. ‘Scribes and scribal practices’, in Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J and Walker, Terry, Testifying to Language and Life in Early Modern England. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 147–80Google Scholar
Grund, Peter J. and Smitterberg, Erik 2014. ‘Conjuncts in nineteenth-century English: diachronic development and genre diversity’, English Language and Linguistics 18 (1): 157–81CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry 2006. ‘The subjunctive in adverbial clauses in nineteenth-century English’, in Kytö, Merja, Rydén, Mats and Smitterberg, Erik (eds.), Nineteenth-century English: Stability and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 89109CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry 2011. ‘Genre characteristics’, in Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J and Walker, Terry, Testifying to Language and Life in Early Modern England. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 1556Google Scholar
Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich 2003. The Powers of Philology: Dynamics of Textual Scholarship. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois PressGoogle Scholar
Gupta, Anthea Fraser 1994. The Step-tongue: Children's English in Singapore. Clevedon: Multilingual MattersGoogle Scholar
Gussenhoven, C. 1986. ‘English plosive allophones and ambisyllabicity’, Gramma 10 (2): 119–41Google Scholar
Györi, Gábor 2002. ‘Semantic change and cognition’, Cognitive Linguistics 13 (2): 123–66CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hall, Christopher J., Schmidtke, Daniel and Vickers, Jamie 2013. ‘Countability in World Englishes’, World Englishes 32 (1): 122CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Halle, Morris 1962. Phonology in Generative Grammar. Chicago, IL: WordCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Halliday, M. A. K. 1988. ‘On the language of physical science’, in Ghadessy, Mohsen (ed.), Registers of Written English: Situational Factors and Linguistic Features. London: Printer Publishers, pp. 162–78Google Scholar
Halliday, M. A. K. and Hasan, Ruqaiya 1976. Cohesion in English. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Halliday, M. A. K. and Martin, J. R. 1996 [1993]. Writing Science: Literacy and Discursive Power. London: Falmer PressGoogle Scholar
Hammond, Michael 1999. The Phonology of English: A Prosodic Optimality-theoretic Approach. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Hanks, Patrick 2013. Lexical Analysis: Norms and Exploitations. Cambridge, MA: MIT PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hanna, Ralph 2011. ‘Dan Michel of Northgate and his books’, in Kelly, Henry Ansgar (ed.), Medieval Manuscripts, their Makers and Users: A Special Issue of Viator in Honor of Richard and Mary Rouse. Turnhout: Brepols, pp. 213–24Google Scholar
Harbert, Wayne 2007. The Germanic Languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Härke, Heinrich 2002. ‘Kings and warriors: population and landscape from post-Roman to Norman Britain’, in Slack, Paul and Ward, Ryk (eds.), The Peopling of Britain: The Shaping of a Human Landscape. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 145–75Google Scholar
Harrington, Jonathan, Palethorpe, Sallyanne and Watson, Catherine I. 2000. ‘Does the Queen speak the Queen's English?’, Nature 408: 927–8CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Harrington, Jonathan, Palethorpe, Sallyanne and Watson, Catherine I 2005. ‘Deepening or lessening the divide between diphthongs: an analysis of the Queen's annual Christmas Broadcasts’, in Hardcastle, William J. and Beck, Janet Mackenzie (eds.), A Figure of Speech: Festschrift for John Laver. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, pp. 227–61Google Scholar
Harris, Alice C. and Campbell, Lyle 1995. Historical Syntax in Cross-linguistic Perspective. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Harris, John 2004. ‘Release the captive coda: the foot as a domain of phonetic interpretation’, in Local, John, Ogden, Richard and Temple, Rosalind (eds.), Phonetic Interpretation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 103–29Google Scholar
Harris, John 2012. ‘The foot as a phonotactic domain: “aw” and “wa” in English’, manuscript, University College LondonGoogle Scholar
Hart, John 1569. An Orthographie. LondonGoogle Scholar
Haselow, Alexander 2011. Typological Changes in the Lexicon: Analytic Tendencies in English Noun Formation. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Haspelmath, Martin 1999. ‘External possession in a European areal perspective’, in Payne, Doris L and Barshi, Immanuel (eds.), External Possession. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 109–35Google Scholar
Haspelmath, Martin and Tadmor, Uri (eds.) 2009. Loanwords in the World's Languages: A Comparative Handbook. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hatcher, John and Bailey, Mark 2001. Modelling the Middle Ages: The History and Theory of England's Economic Development. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Haugen, Einar 1966. ‘Dialect, language, nation’, American Anthropologist 68: 922–35CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Haugen, Einar 1982. Scandinavian Language Structures: A Comparative Historical Survey. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota PressGoogle Scholar
Haumann, Dagmar 2003. ‘The postnominal “and adjective” construction in Old English’, English Language and Linguistics 7: 5783CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Haumann, Dagmar 2010. ‘Adnominal adjectives in Old English’, English Language and Linguistics 14: 5381CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hawkins, John A. 1990 [1987]. ‘Germanic languages’, in Comrie, Bernard (ed.), The Major Languages of Western Europe. London: Routledge, pp. 5866Google Scholar
Hawkins, John 2012. ‘The drift of English toward invariable word order from a typological and Germanic perspective’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 622–32Google Scholar
Hay, Jennifer 2012. ‘Analyzing the ONZE data as evidence for sound change’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 94–7Google Scholar
Hayes, Bruce 1995. Metrical Stress Theory: Principles and Case Studies. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago PressGoogle Scholar
Hayes, Bruce 2009. Syllabification in English. UCLA, MS. www.linguistics.ucla.edu/people/hayes/120a/HayesAmbisyllabicity.pdfGoogle Scholar
Henry, Alison 2002. ‘Variation and syntactic theory’, in Chambers, J. K., Trudgill, Peter and Schilling, Natalie (eds.), The Handbook of Language Variation and Change. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 267–82Google Scholar
Henryson, Robert. Orpheus and Eurydice, Morall Fables, Sum Practysis of Medecyne and Testament of Cresseid. See Fox 1981Google Scholar
Henstra, Froukje 2008. ‘Social network analysis and the eighteenth-century family network: a case study of the Walpole family’, Transactions of the Philological Society 106 (1): 2970CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Herman, Vimala 1995. Dramatic Discourse: Dialogue as Interaction in Plays. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo (eds.) 2012. The Handbook of Historical Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Wiley-BlackwellCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Schilling, Natalie 2012. ‘The application of the quantitative paradigm to historical sociolinguistics: problems with the generalizability principle’, in Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo (eds.), The Handbook of Historical Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 6379CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickes, George 1703–5. Linguarum vett. septentrionalium thesaurus grammatico-criticus et archæologicus, 2 vols. Oxford: E Theatro SheldonianoGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 1984. ‘Syllable onsets in Irish English’, Word 35: 6774CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 1995. ‘Early contact and parallels between English and Celtic’, Vienna English Working Papers 4: 87119Google Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 2003a. Corpus Presenter: Software for Language Analysis, with a Manual and A Corpus of Irish English as Sample Data. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 2003b. ‘How do dialects get the features they have? On the process of new dialect formation’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Motives for Language Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 213–39CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond (ed.) 2004. Legacies of Colonial English: Studies in Transported Dialects. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 2007. Irish English: History and Present-day Forms. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond (ed.) 2010. Eighteenth-century English: Ideology and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond (ed.) 2012a. Areal Features of the Anglophone World. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 2012b. ‘Assessing the role of contact in the history of English’, in Nevalainen, Terttu, Pfenninger, Simone E. and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 485–96Google Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 2012c. ‘Early English and the Celtic hypothesis’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 497507CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hickey, Raymond 2014. ‘Vowels before /r/ in the history of English’, in Pfenninger, Simone E., Timofeeva, Olga, Gardner, Anne-Christine, Honkapoja, Alpo, Hundt, Marianne and Schreier, Daniel (eds.), Contact, Variation and Change in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 95110Google Scholar
Hickey, Raymond (ed.) forthcoming. Listening to the Past. Cambridge University Press.Google Scholar
Higden, Ranulf 1865 [1330]. Polychronicon Ranulphi Higden Monachi Cestrensis. Ed. by Babington, Churchill. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts and GreenGoogle Scholar
Higham, Nick (ed.) 2007. Britons in Anglo-Saxon England. Woodbridge: BoydellGoogle Scholar
Hilpert, Martin 2006. ‘Distinctive collexeme analysis and diachrony’, Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 2 (2): 243–56CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hilpert, Martin 2008. Germanic Future Constructions: A Usage-based Approach to Language Change. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hilpert, Martin 2011. ‘Dynamic visualizations of language change: motion charts on the basis of bivariate and multivariate data from diachronic corpora’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 16 (4): 435–61CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hilpert, Martin 2012a. ‘Diachronic collostructional analysis: how to use it and how to deal with confounding factors’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 133–60Google Scholar
Hilpert, Martin 2012b. ‘Diachronic collostructional analysis meets the noun phrase: studying many a noun in COHA’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 233–44Google Scholar
Hilpert, Martin 2013. Constructional Change in English: Developments in Allomorphy, Word Formation, and Syntax. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hilpert, Martin and Gries, , Th, Stefan. 2009. ‘Assessing frequency changes in multistage diachronic corpora: applications for historical corpus linguistics and the study of language acquisition’, Literary and Linguistic Computing 24 (4): 385401CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hiltunen, Risto 1983. ‘Phrasal verbs in English grammar books before 1800’, Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 84: 376–86Google Scholar
Hiltunen, Risto 1990. Chapters on Legal English: Aspects Past and Present of the Language of the Law. Helsinki: Suomalainen TiedeakatemiaGoogle Scholar
Hiltunen, Risto and Peikola, Matti 2007. ‘Trial discourse and manuscript context: scribal profiles in the Salem witchcraft records’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 8 (1): 4368CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hiltunen, Risto and Skaffari, Janne (eds.) 2003. Discourse Perspectives on English: Medieval to Modern. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hiltunen, Turo 2010. ‘Grammar and disciplinary culture: a corpus based study’. Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki. https://helda.helsinki.fi/handle/10138/19278Google Scholar
Hiltunen, Turo 2012. ‘So ADJ/ADV that clause patterns in Early Modern English medical writing’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 13 (2): 313–35CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Himmelmann, Nikolaus P. 2004. ‘Lexicalization and grammaticization: opposite or orthogonal?’, in Bisang, Walter, Himmelmann, Nikolaus P and Wiemer, Björn (eds.), What Makes Grammaticalization? A Look from its Fringes and its Components. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 2142CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hinrichs, Lars and Szmrecsanyi, Benedikt 2007. ‘Recent changes in the function and frequency of standard English genitive constructions: a multivariate analysis of tagged corpora’, English Language and Linguistics 11 (3): 437–74CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hoekstra, Jarich 1995. ‘Preposition stranding and resumptivity in West Germanic’, in Haider, Hubert, Olsen, Susan and Vikner, Sten (eds.), Studies in Comparative Germanic Syntax. Dordrecht: Kluwer, pp. 95118CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hoekstra, Jarich 2006. ‘Uwz âde Friez'ne tonge, de Halbertsma's jonges en andere genitiefconstructies in het Fries’, Taal & Tongval 19: 96114Google Scholar
Hoekstra, Jarich 2010. ‘Die Kasusmarkierung von Eigennamen im Festlandnordfriesischen und in anderen westgermanischen Dialekten’, in Dammel, Antje, Kürschner, Sebastian and Nübling, Damaris (eds.), Kontrastive germanistische Linguistik. Vol. 2: Germanische Linguistik. Hildesheim: Olms, pp. 749–79Google Scholar
Hoffmann, Sebastian 2004a. ‘Are low-frequency complex prepositions grammaticalized?’, in Lindquist, Hans and Mair, Christian (eds.), Corpus Approaches to Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 171210CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hoffmann, Sebastian 2004b. ‘Using the OED quotations database as a corpus – a linguistic appraisal’, ICAME Journal 28: 1730Google Scholar
Hoffmann, Thomas and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.) 2013. The Oxford Handbook of Construction Grammar. New York, NY: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hofstadter, Douglas R. 1995. Fluid Concepts and Creative Analogies: Computer Models of the Fundamental Mechanisms of Thought. New York, NY: Basic BooksGoogle Scholar
Hogg, Richard M. 1988. ʻOn the impossibility of Old English dialectologyʼ, in Kastovsky, Dieter and Bauer, Gero (eds.), Luick Revisited: Papers Read at the Luick-Symposium at Schloß Liechtenstein, 15.–18.9.1985. Tübingen: Gunter Narr, pp. 183203Google Scholar
Hogg, Richard M. 1992a. A Grammar of Old English: Phonology, Vol. 1. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Hogg, Richard M. 1992b. ‘Phonology and morphology’, in Hogg, Richard M (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume I: The Beginnings to 1066. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 67167CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hogg, Richard M. (ed.) 1992c. The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume I: The Beginnings to 1066. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hogg, Richard M. 2000. ‘On the (non-)existence of High Vowel Deletion’, in Lahiri, Aditi (ed.), Analogy, Leveling, Markedness: Principles of Change in Phonology and Morphology. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 353–76Google Scholar
Hogg, Richard M. 2002. An Introduction to Old English. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University PressGoogle Scholar
Hogg, Richard M. 2006. ‘English in Britain’, in Hogg, Richard M. and Denison, David (eds.), A History of the English Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 352–83CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hollmann, Willem B. 2003. ‘Synchrony and diachrony of English periphrastic causatives: a cognitive perspective’. Doctoral dissertation, University of ManchesterGoogle Scholar
Holman, Katherine 2007. The Northern Conquest: Vikings in Britain and Ireland. Oxford: Signal BooksGoogle Scholar
Holmberg, Anders and Rijkhoff, Jan 1998. ‘Word order in the Germanic languages’, in Siewierska, Anna (ed.), Constituent Order in the Languages of Europe. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 75104CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Holmberg, Börje 1964. On the Concept of Standard English and the History of Modern English Pronunciation. Lund: GleerupGoogle Scholar
Holmqvist, Erik 1922. On the History of the English Present Inflections, Particularly -th and -s. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Holt, Elizabeth and Clift, Rebecca (eds.) 2007. Reporting Talk: Reported Speech in Interaction. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Holzner, Johann and Oberkofler, Gerhard (eds.) 1983. Ausbruch aus der Provinz: Adolf Pichler – Alois Brandl, Briefwechsel (1876–1900). Innsbruck: Institut für GermanistikGoogle Scholar
Honeybone, Patrick 2007. ‘New-dialect formation in nineteenth century Liverpool: a brief history of Scouse’, in Grant, Anthony and Grey, Clive (eds.), The Mersey Sound: Liverpool's Language, People and Places. Liverpool: Open House Press, pp. 106–40Google Scholar
Honkapohja, Alpo, Kaislaniemi, Samuli and Marttila, Ville 2009. ʻDigital editions for corpus linguistics: representing manuscript reality in electronic corporaʼ, in Jucker, Andreas H., Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), Corpora: Pragmatics and Discourse. Papers from the 29th International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 29). Ascona, Switzerland, 14–18 May 2008. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 451–75Google Scholar
Hooper, Joan B. 1976. An Introduction to Natural Generative Phonology. New York, NY: Academic PressGoogle Scholar
Hope, Jonathan 1993. ‘Second person singular pronouns in records of early modern “spoken” English’, Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 94 (1): 83100Google Scholar
Hopper, Paul and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 1993. Grammaticalization. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Hopper, Paul and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2003 [1993]. Grammaticalization. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (2nd edn)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Horobin, Simon 2001. ‘The language of the fifteenth-century printed editions of the Canterbury Tales’, Anglia 119: 249–58Google Scholar
Horobin, Simon 2003. The Language of the Chaucer Tradition. Cambridge: D.S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Horobin, Simon and Smith, Jeremy J. 2011. ‘Language’, in Scase, Wendy (ed.), A Facsimile Edition of the Vernon Manuscript: A Literary Hoard from Medieval England. Oxford: Bodleian LibraryGoogle Scholar
Hróarsdóttir, Thorbjörg 2000. Word Order Change in Icelandic: From OV to VO. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsGoogle Scholar
HTOED = Kay, Christian, Jane, Roberts, Samuels, M. L. and Wotherspoon, Irené (eds.) 2009. Historical Thesaurus of the Oxford English Dictionary, 2 vols. Oxford: Oxford University Press. For the online version, see http://public.oed.com/historical-thesaurus-of-the-oedGoogle Scholar
Huber, Magnus 2007. ‘The Old Bailey Proceedings, 1674–1834: evaluating and annotating a corpus of 18th- and 19th-century spoken English’, in Meurman-Solin, Anneli and Nurmi, Arja (eds.), Annotating Variation and Change. Helsinki: Research Unit for Variation, Contacts, and Change in English. www.helsinki.fi/varieng/series/volumes/01/huberGoogle Scholar
Hübler, Axel and Busse, Ulrich 2012. ‘Introduction’, in Busse, Ulrich and Hübler, Axel (eds.), Investigations into the Meta-communicative Lexicon of English: A Contribution to Historical Pragmatics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 116Google Scholar
Hudson, Richard A. 1984. Word Grammar. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Hudson, Richard A. 2007. Language Networks: The New Word Grammar. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Hughes, Geoffrey 2000. A History of English Words. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 1998. ‘It is important that this study (should) be based on the analysis of parallel corpora: on the use of the mandative subjunctive in four varieties of English’, in Lindquist, Hans, Klintborg, Staffan, Levin, Magnus and Estling, Maria (eds.), The Major Varieties of English: Papers from MAVEN 97. Växjö: Acta Wexionensia, pp. 159–75Google Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2001. ‘What corpora tell us about the grammaticalisation of voice in get-constructions’, Studies in Language 25 (1): 4988CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2004. ‘The passival and the progressive passive: a case study of layering in the English aspect and voice systems’, in Lindquist, Hans and Mair, Christian (eds.), Corpus Approaches to Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 79120CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2007. English Mediopassive Constructions: A Cognitive, Corpus-based Study of their Origin, Spread, and Current Status. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: RodopiCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2009. ‘Colonial lag, colonial innovation or simply language change?’, in Rohdenburg, Günter and Schlüter, Julia (eds.), One Language, Two Grammars? Differences between British and American English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1337CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2012. ‘Towards a corpus of early written New Zealand English – news from Erewhon?’, Te Reo: Journal of the Linguistic Society of New Zealand 55: 5174Google Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2013a. ‘Using web-based data for the study of global English’, in Krug, Manfred and Schlüter, Julia (eds.), Research Methods in Language Variation and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 158–77Google Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2013b. ‘The diversification of English: old, new and emerging epicentres’, in Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), English as a Contact Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 182203CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne 2015. ‘Heterogeneity vs. homogeneity’, in Anita Auer, Daniel Schreier and Richard J. Watts (eds.), Letter Writing and Language Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 72100Google Scholar
Hundt, Marianne and Leech, Geoffrey 2012. ‘“Small is beautiful”: on the value of standard reference corpora for observing recent grammatical change’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 175–88Google Scholar
Hundt, Marianne and Mair, Christian 1999. ‘“Agile” and “uptight” genres: the corpus-based approach to language change in progress’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 4 (2): 221–42CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne and Mukherjee, Joybrato 2011. ‘Discussion forum: New Englishes and Learner Englishes – quo vadis?’, in Mukherjee, Joybrato and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), Exploring Second-language Varieties and Learner Englishes: Bridging a Paradigm Gap. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 209–17Google Scholar
Hundt, Marianne, Nesselhauf, Nadja and Biewer, Carolin (eds.) 2007. Corpus Linguistics and the Web. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: RodopiCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hundt, Marianne and Vogel, Katrin 2011. ‘Overuse of the progressive in ESL and learner Englishes – fact or fiction?’, in Mukherjee, Joybrato and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), Exploring Second-language Varieties and Learner Englishes: Bridging a Paradigm Gap. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 145–66Google Scholar
Hutterer, Claus Jürgen 1975. Die germanischen Sprachen: Ihre Geschichte in Grundzügen. Budapest: Akadémiai Kiadó (4th edn)Google Scholar
Ihalainen, Ossi 1994. ‘The dialects of England since 1776’, in Burchfield, Robert (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume V: English in Britain and Overseas: Origins and Development. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 197274Google Scholar
Ingham, Richard (ed.) 2010. The Anglo-Norman Language and its Contexts. Woodbridge: BoydellCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Institute for Historical Dialectology, University of Edinburgh. www.ppls.ed.ac.uk/lel/groups/institute-for-historical-dialectology; currently Angus McIntosh Centre for Historical Linguistics, University of Edinburgh. http://www.amc.lel.ed.ac.ukGoogle Scholar
Irvine, Susan 2006. ‘Beginnings and transitions: Old English’, in Mugglestone, Lynda (ed.), The Oxford History of English. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 3260Google Scholar
Itakura, Hiroko 2001. ‘Describing conversational dominance’, Journal of Pragmatics 33: 1859–80CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Itkonen, Esa 2005. Analogy as Structure and Process. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jackson, Kenneth 1953. Language and History in Early Britain. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University PressGoogle Scholar
Jacobs, Andreas and Jucker, Andreas H. 1995. ‘The historical perspective in pragmatics’, in Jucker, Andreas H. (ed.), Historical Pragmatics: Pragmatic Developments in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 333CrossRefGoogle Scholar
James, M. R. 1909–13. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Manuscripts in the Library of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Janda, Richard D. 2001. ‘Beyond “pathways” and “unidirectionality”: on the discontinuity of language transmission and the counterability of grammaticalization’, Language Sciences 23: 265340CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jankowski, Bridget 2009. ‘Grammatical and register variation and change: a multi-corpora perspective on the English genitive’. Paper presented at the American Association for Corpus LinguisticsGoogle Scholar
Jauss, Hans Robert 1979. ‘The alterity and modernity of medieval literature’, New Literary History 10 (2): 181229CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jefferson, , Judith, A., Putter, Ad and Hopkins, Amanda (eds.) 2013. Multilingualism in Medieval Britain (c.1066–1520): Sources and Analysis. Turnhout: BrepolsGoogle Scholar
Jeffries, Julian 2010. ‘Anglo-Argentine English’, in Schreier, Daniel, Trudgill, Peter, Schneider, Edgar W and Williams, Jeffrey P (eds.), The Lesser-known Varieties of English: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 195206CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jenkins, Jennifer 2007. English as a Lingua Franca: Attitude and Identity. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Jenkins, Jennifer 2013. English as a Lingua Franca in the International University: The Politics of Academic English Language Policy. London: RoutledgeCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jensen, John T. 2000. ‘Against ambisyllabicity’, Phonology 17 (2): 187235CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jensen, Vibeke 2013. ‘Think, find, hold, take, know, speak: Late Middle English inflectional variation across space and time’. Paper presented at the 12th Nordic Conference of English Studies, Uppsala, October 2013Google Scholar
Jespersen, Otto 1909. A Modern English Grammar on Historical Principles, Part 1: Sounds and Spellings. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Jespersen, Otto 1909–49. A Modern English Grammar on Historical Principles, 7 vols. Copenhagen: MunskgaardGoogle Scholar
Jespersen, Otto 1942. A Modern English Grammar on Historical Principles. Part VI: Morphology. Copenhagen: Ejnar MunksgaardGoogle Scholar
Johannesson, Nils-Lennart 1993. English Language Essays: Investigation Method and Writing Strategies. Trondheim: n/a (4th edn)Google Scholar
Johansson, Christine 2002. ‘Pied piping and stranding from a diachronic perspective’, in Peters, Pam, Collins, Peter and Smith, Adam (eds.), New Frontiers of Corpus Research. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 147–62Google Scholar
Johnson, Samuel 1747. The Plan of a Dictionary of the English Language. London: J. and P. Knapton, T. Longman and T. Shewell, C. Hitch, A. Millar and R. DodsleyGoogle Scholar
Johnson, Samuel 1755. A Dictionary of the English Language. London: W. StrachanGoogle Scholar
Jones, Charles 1972. An Introduction to Middle English. New York, NY: Holt, Rinehart and WinstonGoogle Scholar
Jones, Charles 1989. A History of English Phonology. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Jones, Charles 2006. English Pronunciation in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave MacmillanCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jones, Daniel 1917. An English Pronouncing Dictionary (on Strictly Phonetic Principles). London: J. M. DentGoogle Scholar
Jones, Richard F. 1953. The Triumph of the English Language. London: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Jordan, Richard 1934. Handbuch der mittelenglischen Grammatik. Heidelberg: Winter (2nd edn, rev. H. C. Matthes)Google Scholar
Joseph, Brian D. and Janda, Richard D. (eds.) 2003. The Handbook of Historical Linguistics. Oxford: BlackwellCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. (ed.) 1995. Historical Pragmatics: Pragmatic Developments in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. 1997. ‘The discourse marker well in the history of English’, English Language and Linguistics 1: 91110CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. 2000. ‘Thou in the history of English: a case for historical semantics or pragmatics?’, in Dalton-Puffer, Christiane and Ritt, Nikolaus (eds.), Words: Structure, Meaning, Function. A Festschrift for Dieter Kastovsky. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 153–63Google Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. 2008. ‘Historical pragmatics’, Language and Linguistics Compass 2 (5): 894906CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. 2009. ‘Newspapers, pamphlets and scientific news discourse in Early Modern Britain’, in Jucker, Andreas H. (ed.), Early Modern English News Discourse: Newspapers, Pamphlets and Scientific News Discourse. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 19CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. 2010. ‘Historical pragmatics’, in Fried, Mirjam, Östman, Jan-Ola and Verschueren, Jef (eds.), Variation and Change: Pragmatic Perspectives. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 110–22Google Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. 2012. ‘Changes in politeness cultures’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 422–33Google Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H., Fritz, Gerd and Lebsanft, Franz (eds.) 1999a. Historical Dialogue Analysis. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. 1999b. ‘Historical dialogue analysis: roots and traditions in the study of the Romance languages, German and English’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Fritz, Gerd and Lebsanft, Franz (eds.), Historical Dialogue Analysis. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 133CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma 2000. ‘Diachronic speech act analysis: insults from flyting to flaming’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 1 (1): 6795CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.) 2008. Speech Acts in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.) 2010. Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma 2012. ‘Pragmatic variables’, in Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo (eds.), The Handbook of Historical Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 293306CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo 2013. English Historical Pragmatics. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University PressGoogle Scholar
Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo 2014. ‘Complimenting in the history of American English: a metacommunicative expression analysis’, in Taavitsainen, Irma, Jucker, Andreas H. and Tuominen, Jukka (eds.), Diachronic Corpus Pragmatics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 257–76Google Scholar
Kachru, Braj B. 1992 [1982]. ‘Models for non-native Englishes’, in Kachru, Braj B. (ed.), The Other Tongue: English across Cultures. Chicago, IL: University of Illinois Press, pp. 4874Google Scholar
Kahn, Daniel 1976. ‘Syllable-based generalizations in English phonology’. Doctoral dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of TechnologyGoogle Scholar
Kaisse, Ellen M. and Shaw, Patricia A. 1985. ‘On the theory of Lexical Phonology’, Phonology 2: 130CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kaltenböck, Gunther 2013. ‘The development of comment clauses’, in Aarts, Bas, Close, Joanne, Leech, Geoffrey and Wallis, Sean (eds.), The Verb Phrase in English: Investigating Recent Language Change with Corpora. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 286317CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kane, George 1960. Piers Plowman: The A Version. London: Athlone PressGoogle Scholar
Kane, George and Donaldson, E. Talbot 1988. Piers Plowman: The B Version. Will's Visions of Piers Plowman and Do-Well, Do-Better and Do-Best. Berkeley, CA: University of California PressGoogle Scholar
Kastovsky, Dieter 1992. ‘Semantics and vocabulary’, in Hogg, Richard M. (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume I: The Beginnings to 1066. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 290408CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kastovsky, Dieter 2006. ‘Typological changes in derivational morphology’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Bettelou, Los (eds.), The Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 151–76Google Scholar
Kastovsky, Dieter and Mettinger, Arthur (eds.) 2001. Language Contact in the History of English. Bern: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Kay, Christian 2012. ‘Old English: semantics and lexicon’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 313–25Google Scholar
Kay, Christian and Wotherspoon, Irené 2005. ‘Semantic relationships in the Historical Thesaurus of English’, Lexicographica 21: 4757CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Keefer, Sarah Larratt and O'Brien O'Keeffe, Katherine (eds.) 1998. New Approaches to Editing Old English Verse. Cambridge: D. S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Keene, Derek 2000. ‘Metropolitan values: migration, mobility, and cultural norms, London 1100–1700’, in Wright, Laura (ed.), The Development of Standard English 1300–1800: Theories, Descriptions, Conflicts. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 93116CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kehoe, Andrew and Gee, Matt 2009. ‘Weaving Web data into a diachronic corpus patchwork’, in , Antoinette Renouf and Kehoe, Andrew (eds.), Corpus Linguistics: Refinements and Reassessments. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 255–79Google Scholar
Keller, Rudi 1985. ‘Towards a theory of linguistic change’, in Ballmer, Thomas T. (ed.), Linguistic Dynamics: Discourses, Procedures and Evolution. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 211–37Google Scholar
Keller, Wolfgang 1925. ‘Keltisches im englischen Verbum’, Anglica: Untersuchungen zur englischen Philologie: Sprache und Kulturgeschichte, Vol. 1. Leipzig: Mayer & Müller, pp. 5566Google Scholar
Kemenade, Ans 1987. Syntactic Case and Morphological Case in the History of English. Dordrecht: ForisCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kemenade, Ans 1997. ‘V2 and embedded topicalisation in Old and Middle English’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Vincent, Nigel (eds.), Parameters of Morphosyntactic Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 326–52Google Scholar
Kemenade, Ans 2009. ‘Discourse relations and word order change’, in Hinterhölzl, Roland and Petrova, Svetlana (eds.), Information Structure and Language Change: New Approaches to Word Order Variation in Germanic. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 91120CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kemenade, Ans and Los, Bettelou 2006a. ‘Discourse adverbs and clausal syntax in Old and Middle English’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Los, Bettelou (eds.), The Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 224–48CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kemenade, Ans and Los, Bettelou (eds.) 2006b. The Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: BlackwellCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kemenade, Ans and Milićev, Tanja 2012. ‘Syntax and discourse in Old and Middle English word order’, in Jonas, Dianne, Whitman, John and Garrett, Andrew (eds.), Grammatical Change: Origins, Nature, Outcomes. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 239–55Google Scholar
Kemenade, Ans and Vincent, Nigel (eds.) 1997. Parameters of Morphosyntactic Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Kemenade, Ans and Westergaard, Marit 2012. ‘Syntax and information structure: verb-second variation in Middle English’, in Meurman-Solin, Anneli, López-Couso, María José and Los, Bettelou (eds.), Information Structure and Syntactic Change in the History of English. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 87118CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kemp, J. A. 1972. John Wallis's Grammar of the English Language. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Kennedy, Arthur G. 1927. A Bibliography of Writings on the English Language from the Beginning of Printing to the End of 1922. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University PressGoogle Scholar
Ker, N. R. 1990 [1957]. Catalogue of Manuscripts Containing Anglo-Saxon. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Kerremans, Daphné, Stegmayr, Susanne and Schmid, Hans-Jörg 2012. ‘The NeoCrawler: identifying and retrieving neologisms from the internet and monitoring ongoing change’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A. (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 5996Google Scholar
Kerswill, Paul 2002. ‘Koineisation and accommodation’, in Chambers, J. K., Trudgill, Peter and Schilling-Estes, Natalie (eds.), The Handbook of Language Variation and Change. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 669702Google Scholar
Kilgarriff, Adam and Grefenstette, Gregory 2003. ‘Introduction to the special issue on the Web as corpus’, Computational Linguistics 29 (3): 333–47CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Killie, Kristin 2012. ‘Old English – late British language contact and the English progressive’, in Stenroos, Merja, Mäkinen, Martti and Særheim, Inge (eds.), Language Contact and Development around the North Sea. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 119–40Google Scholar
Killie, Kristin and Swan, Toril 2009. ‘The grammaticalization and subjectification of adverbial -ing clauses (converb clauses) in English’, English Language and Linguistics 13 (3): 337–63CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Killough, G. B. 1982. ‘Punctuation and caesura in Chaucer’, Studies in the Age of Chaucer 4: 87107CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kilpiö, Matti 1997. ‘Participial adjectives with anaphoric reference of the type The Said, The (A)forementioned from Old to Early Modern English: the evidence of the Helsinki Corpus’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Kahlas-Tarkka, Leena (eds.), To Explain the Present: Studies in the Changing English Language in Honour of Matti Rissanen. Helsinki: Société Néophilologique, pp. 77100Google Scholar
King, Robert 1969. Historical Linguistics and Generative Grammar. New York, NY: Prentice-HallGoogle Scholar
Kiparsky, Paul 1965. ‘Phonological change’. Doctoral dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of TechnologyGoogle Scholar
Kiparsky, Paul 1968. ‘Linguistic universals and linguistic change’, in Bach, Emmon and Harms, Robert T. (eds.), Universals in Linguistic Theory. New York, NY: Holt, Reinhart and Winston, pp. 170202Google Scholar
Kiparsky, Paul 1971. ‘Historical linguistics’, in Dingwall, William Orr (ed.), A Survey of Linguistic Science. College Park: Linguistics Program, University of Maryland, pp. 576649Google Scholar
Kiparsky, Paul 1979. ‘Metrical structure assignment is cyclic’, Linguistic Inquiry 10: 421–41Google Scholar
Kiparsky, Paul 1995. ‘Indo-European origins of Germanic syntax’, in Battye, Adrian and Roberts, Ian (eds.), Clause Structure and Language Change. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 140–67Google Scholar
Kiparsky, Paul 2009. ‘The Old High German weak preterite’, in Steinkrüger, Patrick and Krifka, Manfred (eds.), On Inflection. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 107–24Google Scholar
Kitson, Peter R. 1995. ʻThe nature of Old English dialect distributions, mainly as exhibited in charter boundaries, part 1: vocabularyʼ, in Fisiak, Jacek (ed.), Medieval Dialectology. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 43135CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kitson, Peter 1997. ‘When did Middle English begin? Later than you think!’, in Fisiak, Jacek (ed.), Studies in Middle English Linguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 221–70Google Scholar
Klaeber, Fr. (ed.) 1941 [1922]. Beowulf. Boston, MA: Heath & Co.Google Scholar
Klein, Lawrence E. 1994. Shaftesbury and the Culture of Politeness: Moral Discourse and Cultural Politics in Early Eighteenth-century England. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kleparski, Grzegorz A. 1997. Theory and Practice of Historical Semantics: The Case of Middle English and Early Modern English Synonyms of girl/young woman. Lublin: University Press of the Catholic University of LublinGoogle Scholar
Klima, Edward 1965. ‘Studies in diachronic transformational syntax’. Doctoral dissertation, Harvard UniversityGoogle Scholar
Koch, Peter 2012. ‘The pervasiveness of contiguity and metonymy in semantic change’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A. (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 259311Google Scholar
Koch, Peter and Oesterreicher, Wulf 1985. ‘Sprache der Nähe – Sprache der Distanz: Mündlichkeit und Schriftlichkeit im Spannungsfeld von Sprachtheorie und Sprachgeschichte’, Romanistisches Jahrbuch 36: 1543CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Köhler, Reinhard 2012. Quantitative Syntax Analysis. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kohnen, Thomas 2007a. ‘From Helsinki through the centuries: the design and development of English diachronic corpora’, in Pahta, Päivi, Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu and Tyrkkö, Jukka (eds.), Towards Multimedia in Corpus Studies. Helsinki: Research Unit for Variation, Contacts, and Change in English. www.helsinki.fi/varieng/series/volumes/02/kohnenGoogle Scholar
Kohnen, ThomasPahta, Päivi, Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu and Tyrkkö, Jukka 2007b. ‘Text types and the methodology of diachronic speech act analysis’, in Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Methods in Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 139–66Google Scholar
Kohnen, ThomasPahta, Päivi, Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu and Tyrkkö, Jukka 2008. ‘Directives in Old English: beyond politeness?’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Speech Acts in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 2744CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kohnen, ThomasPahta, Päivi, Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu and Tyrkkö, Jukka 2009. ‘Historical corpus pragmatics: focus on speech acts and texts’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), Corpora: Pragmatics and Discourse. Papers from the 29th International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 29). Ascona, Switzerland, 14–18 May 2008. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 1336Google Scholar
Kohnen, ThomasPahta, Päivi, Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu and Tyrkkö, Jukka 2010. ‘Religious discourse’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 523–47Google Scholar
Kohnen, ThomasPahta, Päivi, Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu and Tyrkkö, Jukka 2011. ‘Religious language in 17th-century England: progressive or archaic?’, in Frenk, Joachim and Steveker, Lena (eds.), Anglistentag 2010 Saarbrücken: Proceedings. Trier: Wissenschaftlicher Verlag Trier, pp. 279–87Google Scholar
Kohnen, ThomasPahta, Päivi, Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu and Tyrkkö, Jukka 2012. ‘Performative and non-performative uses of speech-act verbs in the history of English’, in Busse, Ulrich and Hübler, Axel (eds.), Investigations into the Meta-communicative Lexicon of English: A Contribution to Historical Pragmatics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 207–22Google Scholar
Kohnen, Thomas and Mair, Christian 2012. ‘Technologies of communication’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 261–84Google Scholar
Koivisto-Alanko, Päivi and Tissari, Heli 2006. ‘Sense and sensibility: rational thought versus emotion in metaphorical language’, in Stefanowitsch, Anatol and Gries, Stefan Th. (eds.), Corpus-based Approaches to Metaphor and Metonymy. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 191213CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kopaczyk, Joanna 2013. ‘Formulaic discourse across Early Modern English medical genres: investigating shared lexical bundles’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Landert, Daniela, Seiler, Annina and Studer-Joho, Nicole (eds.), Meaning in the History of English: Words and Texts in Context. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 257300CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kopytko, Roman 1993. Polite Discourse in Shakespeare's English. Poznań: Uniwersytet im. Adama Mickiewicza w PoznaniuGoogle Scholar
Kortmann, Bernd and Schneider, Edgar W. (eds.) 2008. Varieties of English, 4 vols. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterGoogle Scholar
Kortmann, Bernd, Schneider, Edgar W., Burridge, Kate, Mesthrie, Rajend and Upton, Clive (eds.) 2004. A Handbook of Varieties of English, 2 vols. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kortmann, Bernd and Wagner, Susanne 2010. ‘Changes and continuities in dialect grammar’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Eighteenth-century English: Ideology and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 269–92Google Scholar
Kranich, Svenja 2007. ‘Subjectification and the English progressive: the history of ALWAYS + progressive constructions’, York Papers in Linguistics 2 (8): 120–37Google Scholar
Kretzschmar, William A. Jr. and Stenroos, Merja 2012. ‘Evidence from surveys and atlases in the history of the English language’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 111–22Google Scholar
Kreyer, Rolf 2003. ‘Genitive and of-construction in modern written English: processability and human involvement’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 8 (2): 169207CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kroch, Anthony and Taylor, Ann 1997. ‘Verb movement in Old and Middle English: dialect variation and language contact’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Vincent, Nigel (eds.), Parameters of Morphosyntactic Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 297325Google Scholar
Kroch, Anthony, Taylor, Ann and Ringe, Donald 2000. ‘The Middle English verb-second constraint: a case study in language contact and language change’, in Herring, Susan C., van Reenen, Pieter and Schøsler, Lene (eds.), Textual Parameters in Older Languages. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 353–91Google Scholar
Krug, Manfred 2000. Emerging English Modals: A Corpus-based Study of Grammaticalization. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Krug, Manfred and Schützler, Ole 2013. ‘Recent change and grammaticalization’, in Aarts, Bas, Close, Joanne, Leech, Geoffrey and Wallis, Sean (eds.), The Verb Phrase in English: Investigating Recent Language Change with Corpora. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 155–86Google Scholar
Kryk-Kastovsky, Barbara 2009. ‘Speech acts in Early Modern English court trials’, Journal of Pragmatics 41 (3): 440–57CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhn, Hans 1933. ʻZur Wortstellung und -betonung im Altgermanischenʼ, Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 57: 1109CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kuhn, Sherman H. (ed.) 1965. The Vespasian Psalter. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan PressGoogle Scholar
Kuteva, Tania 2001. Auxiliation: An Enquiry into the Nature of Grammaticalization. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja 1991. Variation and Diachrony, with Early American English in Focus: Studies on Can/May and Shall/Will. Frankfurt am Main: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja 1993. ‘Third-person present singular verb inflection in early British and American English’, Language Variation and Change 5: 113–39CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja 1996. Manual to the Diachronic Part of the Helsinki Corpus of English Texts: Coding Conventions and Lists of Source Texts. Helsinki: Department of English, University of Helsinki (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Kytö, Merja 1997. ‘Be/have + past participle: the choice of the auxiliary with intransitives from Late Middle to Modern English’, in Rissanen, Matti, Kytö, Merja and Heikkonen, Kirsi (eds.), English in Transition: Corpus-based Studies in Linguistic Variation and Genre Styles. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1785CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja 2010. ‘Data in historical pragmatics’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 3367CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja 2011. ‘ETED: distribution versions, editorial principles, and viewing and search options’, in Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry, Testifying to Language and Life in Early Modern England. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 247–81CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja 2012. ‘New perspectives, theories and methods: corpus linguistics’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1509–31Google Scholar
Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry 2011a. ‘Introduction’, in Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry, Testifying to Language and Life in Early Modern England. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 114Google Scholar
Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry 2011b. Testifying to Language and Life in Early Modern England. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja and Pahta, Päivi 2012. ‘Evidence from historical corpora up to the twentieth century’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 123–33Google Scholar
Kytö, Merja and Romaine, Suzanne 2008. ‘“My dearest Minnykins”: style, gender and affect in 19th century English letters’, in Watson, Greg (ed.), The State of Stylistics. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 229–63Google Scholar
Kytö, Merja, Rudanko, Juhani and Smitterberg, Erik 2000. ‘Building a bridge between the present and the past: a corpus of 19th-century English’, ICAME Journal 24: 8597Google Scholar
Kytö, Merja and Smitterberg, Erik 2015. ‘Diachronic registers’, in Biber, Douglas and Reppen, Randi (eds.), The Cambridge Handbook of English Corpus Linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 330–45Google Scholar
Kytö, Merja and Walker, Terry 2003. ‘The linguistic study of Early Modern English speech-related texts: how “bad” can “bad” data be?’, Journal of English Linguistics 31 (3): 221–48CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja and Walker, Terry 2006. Guide to A Corpus of English Dialogues 1560–1760. Uppsala: Acta Universitatis UpsaliensisGoogle Scholar
Kytö, Merja, Walker, Terry and Grund, Peter J. 2007. ‘English witness depositions 1560–1760: an electronic text edition’, ICAME Journal 31: 6585Google Scholar
Labov, William 1966. The Social Stratification of English in New York City. Arlington, VA: Center for Applied LinguisticsGoogle Scholar
Labov, William 1972. Sociolinguistic Patterns. Philadelphia, PA: University of Philadelphia PressGoogle Scholar
Labov, William 1982. ‘Building on empirical foundations’, in Lehmann, Winfred P. and Malkiel, Yakov (eds.), Perspectives on Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 1792CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Labov, William 1994. Principles of Linguistic Change. Volume 1: Internal Factors. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Labov, William 2001. Principles of Linguistic Change. Volume 2: Social Factors. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Laing, Lloyd and Laing, Jennifer 1979. Anglo-Saxon England. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Laing, Margaret 1993. Catalogue of Sources for a Linguistic Atlas of Early Medieval English. Cambridge: D. S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Laing, Margaret 2000. ‘Never the twain shall meet: Early Middle English – the east–west divide’, in Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu, Pahta, Päivi and Rissanen, Matti (eds.), Placing Middle English in Context. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 97124CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Laing, Margaret and Lass, Roger 2006. ‘Early Middle English dialectology: problems and prospects’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Los, Bettelou (eds.), The Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 417–51Google Scholar
Laing, Margaret and Lass, Roger 2013. ‘The early Middle English reflexes of Germanic *ik “I”: unpacking the changes’, Folia Linguistica Historica, 34 (1): 93114CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Laitinen, Mikko 2009. ‘Singular you was/were variation and English normative grammars in the eighteenth century’, in Nurmi, Arja, Nevala, Minna and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), The Language of Daily Life in England (1400–1800). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 199217CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Laker, Stephen 2008. ‘Changing views about Anglo-Saxons and Britons’, in Aertsen, Henk and Veldhoen, Bart (eds.), Six Papers from the 28th Symposium on Mediaeval Studies. Leiden: Leiden University, pp. 138Google Scholar
Lakoff, George and Johnson, Mark 1980. Metaphors We Live by. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago PressGoogle Scholar
Lakoff, Robin 1968. Abstract Syntax and Latin Complementation. Cambridge, MA: MIT PressGoogle Scholar
LALME = McIntosh, Angus, Samuels, M. L. and Benskin, Michael (eds.) 1986. A Linguistic Atlas of Late Mediaeval English, 4 vols. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University PressGoogle Scholar
Landauer, Thomas, Foltz, Peter W. and Laham, Darrell 1998. ‘Introduction to latent semantic analysis’, Discourse Processes 25 (2–3): 259–84CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lang, Cecil Y. and Shannon, Edgar F. (eds.) 1981–90. The Letters of Alfred Lord Tennyson, 1821–1850, Vol. 1. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Langacker, Ronald W. 1987. Foundations of Cognitive Grammar. Volume 1: Theoretical Prerequisites. Stanford, CA: Stanford University PressGoogle Scholar
Langacker, Ronald W. 1990. ‘Subjectification’, Cognitive Linguistics 1: 538CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Langacker, Ronald W. 1999. ‘Losing control: grammaticization, subjectification, and transparency’, in Blank, Andreas and Koch, Peter (eds.), Historical Semantics and Cognition. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 147–75Google Scholar
Langacker, Ronald W. 2006. ‘Subjectification, grammaticalization, and conceptual archetypes’, in Athanasiadou, Angeliki, Canakis, Costas and Cornillie, Bert (eds.), Subjectification: Various Paths to Subjectivity. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1740Google Scholar
Lange, Britta 2010. ‘Archiv und Zukunft: Zwei historische Tonsammlungen für das Humboldt-Forum’, Trajekte 20: 46Google Scholar
Langland, William. Piers Plowman. See Kane and Donaldson 1988Google Scholar
Lanham, Leonard W. 1982. ‘English in South Africa’, in Bailey, Richard W. and Görlach, Manfred (eds.), English as a World Language. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press, pp. 324–52Google Scholar
Larson-Hall, Jennifer and Herrington, Richard 2009. ‘Improving data analysis in second language acquisition by utilizing modern developments in applied statistics’, Applied Linguistics 31 (3): 368–90Google Scholar
Lass, Roger (ed.) 1969. Approaches to English Historical Linguistics: An Anthology. New York, NY: Holt, Rinehart and WinstonGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger 1976. English Phonology and Phonological Theory: Synchronic and Diachronic Studies. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger 1987. The Shape of English: Structure and History. London: DentGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger 1992. ‘Phonology and morphology’, in Blake, Norman (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume II: 1066–1476. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 23155CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger 1997. Historical Linguistics and Language Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger 1999a. ‘Introduction’, in Lass, Roger (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume III: 1476–1776. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 112Google Scholar
Lass, Roger (ed.) 1999b. The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume III: 1476–1776. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger 2000a. ‘Language periodization and the concept “middle”’, in Taavitsainen, Irma, Nevalainen, Terttu, Pahta, Päivi and Rissanen, Matti (eds.), Placing Middle English in Context. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 742CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger 2000b. ‘Remarks on (uni)directionality’, in Fischer, Olga, Rosenbach, Anette and Stein, Dieter (eds.), Pathways of Change: Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 207–27Google Scholar
Lass, Roger 2004a. ‘South African English’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Legacies of Colonial English: Studies in Transported Dialects. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 363–86Google Scholar
Lass, Roger 2004b. ‘Ut custodiant litteras: editions, corpora, and witnesshood’, in Dossena, Marina and Lass, Roger (eds.), Methods and Data in English Historical Dialectology. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 2148Google Scholar
Lass, Roger 2006. ‘Phonology and morphology’, in Hogg, Richard and Denison, David (eds.), A History of the English Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 43108CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lass, Roger and Anderson, John M. 1975. Old English Phonology. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Latham, Robert Gordon 1843. An Elementary English Grammar: For the Use of Schools. London (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Lavandera, Beatriz 1978. ‘Where does the sociolinguistic variable stop?’, Language in Society 7: 171–82CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lavoie, Lisa 2009. ‘Testing consonant weakness phonetically’, in Minkova, Donka (ed.), Phonological Weakness in English: From Old to Present-day English. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 2946CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Łęcki, Andrzej M. 2010. Grammaticalisation Paths of Have in English. Frankfurt-am-Main: Peter LangCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Leech, Geoffrey 2007. ‘New resources, or just better old ones? The Holy Grail of representativeness’, in Hundt, Marianne, Nesselhauf, Nadja and Biewer, Carolin (eds.), Corpus Linguistics and the Web. Amsterdam/New York, NY: Rodopi, pp. 133–49Google Scholar
Leech, Geoffrey, Hundt, Marianne, Mair, Christian and Smith, Nicholas (eds.) 2009. Change in Contemporary English: A Grammatical Study. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Leech, Geoffrey and Smith, Nicholas 2005. ‘Extending the possibilities of corpus-based research on English in the twentieth century: a prequel to LOB and FLOB’, ICAME Journal 29: 8398Google Scholar
Lehmann, Christian 1985. ‘Grammaticalization: synchronic variation and diachronic change’, Lingua e Stile 20: 303–18Google Scholar
Lehmann, Christian 2008. ‘Information structure and grammaticalization’, in Seoane, Elena and López-Couso, María José (eds.), Theoretical and Empirical Issues in Grammaticalization. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 207–29Google Scholar
Lehmann, Winfred P. 1961. ‘A definition of Proto-Germanic: a study in the chronological delimitation of languages’, Language 37: 6774CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lehto, Anu 2010. ‘Complexity in national legislation of the Early Modern English Period’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 11 (2): 277300CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lehto, Anu 2013. ‘Complexity and genre conventions: text structure and coordination in Early Modern English proclamations’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Landert, Daniela, Seiler, Annina and Studer-Joho, Nicole (eds.), Meaning in the History of English: Words and Texts in Context. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, 233–56Google Scholar
Lehto, Anu 2015. The Genre of Early Modern English Statutes: Complexity in Historical Legal Language. Helsinki: Société NéophilologiqueGoogle Scholar
Lehto, Anu, Baron, Alistair, Ratia, Maura and Rayson, Paul 2010. ‘Improving the precision of corpus methods: the standardized version of Early Modern English Medical Texts’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.), Early Modern English Medical Texts: Corpus Description and Studies. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, 279–89Google Scholar
Leisi, Ernst 1955. Das heutige Englisch: Wesenszüge und Probleme. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Leith, Dick 1983. A Social History of English. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Leitner, Gerhard 1986. ‘English grammars – past, present and future’, in Leitner, Gerhard (ed.), The English Reference Grammar: Languages and Linguistics, Writers and Readers. Tübingen: Niemeyer, pp. 409–31Google Scholar
Lenker, Ursula 2000. ‘The monasteries of the Benedictine reform and the “Winchester School”: model cases of social networks in Anglo-Saxon England?’, European Journal of English Studies 4 (3): 225–38CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lenker, Ursula 2007. ‘Soþlice, forsooth, truly – communicative principles and invited inferences in the history of truth-intensifying adverbs in English’, in Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Methods in Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 81106CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lenker, Ursula 2010. Argument and Rhetoric: Adverbial Connectors in the History of English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lenker, Ursula 2012. ‘Old English: pragmatics and discourse’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 325–40Google Scholar
Lennard, John 1991. But I Digress: The Exploitation of Parentheses in English Printed Verse. Oxford: Clarendon PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Leonard, Sterling A. 1929. The Doctrine of Correctness in English Usage 1700–1800. Madison, WI: University of WisconsinGoogle Scholar
Levinson, Stephen C. 1983. Pragmatics. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Levinson, Stephen C. 2000. Presumptive Meanings: The Theory of Generalized Conversational Implicature. Cambridge, MA: MIT PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lewis, Diana M. 2012. ‘Late Modern English: pragmatics and discourse’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 901–15Google Scholar
Lewis, Robert E. 2007. ‘Plan’, in Middle English Dictionary: Plan and Bibliography. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press (2nd edn)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lewis, Robert E., Blake, Norman and Edwards, A. S. G. (eds.) 1985. Index of Printed Middle English Prose. London: GarlandGoogle Scholar
Lewis, Robert E. and McIntosh, Angus 1982. A Descriptive Guide to the Manuscripts of the Prick of Conscience. Oxford: Society for the Study of Mediaeval Languages and LiteratureGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, David 1974. ‘The diachronic analysis of English modals’, in Anderson, John M. and Jones, Charles (eds.), Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam: North Holland Publishing, pp. 219–49Google Scholar
Lightfoot, David 1979. Principles of Diachronic Syntax. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, David 1991. How to Set Parameters: Arguments from Language Change. Cambridge, MA: MIT PressGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, David 1999. The Development of Language: Acquisition, Change, and Evolution. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, David (ed.) 2002. Syntactic Effects of Morphological Change. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, David 2003. ‘Grammaticalisation: cause or effect?’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Motives for Language Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 99123CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lightfoot, David 2006. How New Languages Emerge. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lijffijt, Jefrey, Papapetrou, Panagiotis, Puolamäki, Kai and Mannila, Heikki 2011. ‘Analyzing word frequencies in large text corpora using inter-arrival times and bootstrapping’, Machine Learning and Knowledge Discovery in Databases, Lecture Notes in Computer Science 6912: 341–57Google Scholar
Lim, Lisa and Ansaldo, Umberto 2012. ‘Contact in the Asian arena’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 560–71Google Scholar
Lin, Yuri, Michel, Jean-Baptiste, Aiden, Lieberman, Orwant, Erez, Brockman, Jon, , Will and Petrov, Slav 2012. ‘Syntactic annotations for the Google Books Ngram Corpus’, Proceedings of the 50th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics: Demo Papers, Vol. 2. (ACL '12). www.petrovi.de/data/acl12b.pdfGoogle Scholar
Lindquist, Hans and Mair, Christian (eds.) 2004. Corpus Approaches to Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Linehan, Andy (ed.) 2001. Aural History: Essays on Recorded Sound. London: The British Library, National Sound ArchiveGoogle Scholar
Locher, Miriam A. 2004. Power and Politeness in Action: Disagreements in Oral Communication. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Locher, Miriam A. and Graham, Sage L. (eds.) 2010. Interpersonal Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lødrup, Helge 2009. ‘Looking possessor raising in the mouth: Norwegian possessor raising with unergatives’. Paper presented at Lexical Functional Grammar 2009, 13–16 July 2009, Trinity College, Cambridge, UK. www.stanford.edu/group/cslipublications/cslipublications/LFG/14/lfg09.htmlGoogle Scholar
Löfstedt, Ernst 1968. Beiträge zu einer nordfriesischen Grammatik. Uppsala: Uppsala UniversityGoogle Scholar
Long, Mary Beth 2006. ‘Corpora and manuscripts, authors and audiences’, in Salih, Sarah (ed.), A Companion to Middle English Hagiography. Woodbridge: D.S. Brewer, pp. 4769CrossRefGoogle Scholar
López-Couso, María José 2007a. ‘Adverbial connectives within and beyond adverbial subordination: the history of lest’, in Lenker, Ursula and Meurman-Solin, Anneli (eds.), Connectives in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 1129CrossRefGoogle Scholar
López-Couso, María-José 2007b. ‘Auxiliary and negative cliticisation in Late Modern English’, in Pérez-Guerra, Javier, González-Álvarez, Dolores, Bueno-Alonso, Jorge L. and Rama-Martínez, Esperanza (eds.), ‘Of Varying Language and Opposing Creed’: New Insights into Late Modern English. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 301–23Google Scholar
López-Couso, María-José 2010. ‘Subjectification and intersubjectification’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 127–63Google Scholar
López-Couso, María José and Méndez-Naya, Belén 1998. ‘On minor declarative complementizers in the history of English: the case of but’, in Fisiak, Jacek and Krygier, Marcin (eds.), Advances in English Historical Linguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 161–71Google Scholar
López-Couso, María-José and Méndez-Naya, Belén 2001. ‘On the history of if- and though-links with declarative complement clauses’, English Language and Linguistics 5 (1): 93107CrossRefGoogle Scholar
López-Couso, María-José and Méndez-Naya, Belén 2012. ‘On the use of as if, as though and like in Present-day English complementation structures’, Journal of English Linguistics 40 (2): 172–95CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Los, Bettelou 2005. The Rise of the to-Infinitive. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Los, Bettelou 2009. ‘The consequences of the loss of verb-second in English: information structure and syntax in interaction’, English Language and Linguistics 13: 97125CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Los, Bettelou 2012. ‘The loss of verb-second and the switch from bounded to unbounded systems’, in Meurman-Solin, Anneli, López-Couso, María José and Los, Bettelou (eds.), Information Structure and Syntactic Change in the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 2146CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Love, Nicholas 2005. The Mirror of the Blessed Life of Jesus Christ. See Sargent 2005Google Scholar
Low, Ee Ling, Esther, Grabe and Nolan, Francis 2000. ‘Quantitative characterizations of speech rhythm: syllable-timing in Singapore English’, Language and Speech 43: 377401Google Scholar
Lowe, Kathryn 2001. ‘On the plausibility of Old English dialectology: the ninth-century Kentish charter material’, Folia Linguistica Historica 22: 67102Google Scholar
Lowth, Robert 1762. A Short Introduction to English Grammar. With Critical Notes. London: R. DodsleyGoogle Scholar
Lucas, Peter 1997. From Author to Audience: John Capgrave and Medieval Publication. Dublin: University College Dublin PressGoogle Scholar
Lüdeling, Anke, Evert, Stefan and Baroni, Marco 2007. ‘Using web data for linguistic purposes’, in Hundt, Marianne, Nesselhauf, Nadja and Biewer, Carolin (eds.), Corpus Linguistics and the Web. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 724Google Scholar
Luick, Karl 1914–40. Historische Grammatik der englischen Sprache, 2 vols. Stuttgart: Bernhard TauchnitzGoogle Scholar
Luick, Karl 1921. Historische Grammatik der englischen Sprache. Leipzig: C. H. Tauchnitz [Vol. 1 of the 1914–40 edition]Google Scholar
Luick, Karl 1964. Historische Grammatik der englischen Sprache. Stuttgart/Oxford: Bernhard Tauchnitz/Basil Blackwell [reprint of the 1914–40 edition]Google Scholar
Lutz, Angelika 1991. Phonotaktisch gesteuerte Konsonantenveränderungen in der Geschichte des Englischen. Tübingen: NiemeyerCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lutz, Angelika 2009. ‘Celtic influence on Old English and West Germanic’, in Filppula, Markku and Klemola, Juhani (eds.), Re-evaluating the Celtic Hypothesis, special issue of English Language and Linguistics 13 (2): 227–49CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lutz, Angelika 2011. ‘Why is West-Saxon English different from Old Saxon?’, in Sauer, Hans and Story, Joanna (eds.), Anglo-Saxon England and the Continent. Tempe, AZ: Arizona Center for Mediaeval and Renaissance Studies, pp. 113–38Google Scholar
Lutzky, Ursula 2012. ‘Early Modern English discourse markers – a feature of female speech?’, in Mazzon, Gabriella and Fodde, Luisanna (eds.), Historical Perspectives on Forms of English Dialogue. Milan: Franco Angeli, pp. 8098Google Scholar
Lutzky, Ursula and Demmen, Jane 2013. ‘Pray in Early Modern English drama’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 14 (2): 263–84CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Lyne, Susanna 2011. ‘The subject of the verbal gerund: a study of variation in English’. Doctoral dissertation, Uppsala UniversityGoogle Scholar
Lyons, John 1977. Semantics, 2 vols. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Lyons, John 1982. ‘Deixis and subjectivity: loquor, ergo sum?’, in Jarvella, Robert J. and Klein, Wolfgang (eds.), Speech, Place, and Action: Studies in Deixis and Related Topics. New York, NY: Wiley, pp. 101–24Google Scholar
Lyons, John 1995. Linguistic Semantics: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Macaulay, Ronald K. S. 1977. Language, Social Class, and Education: A Glasgow Study. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh PressGoogle Scholar
McCafferty, Kevin 2005. ‘William Carleton between Irish and English: using literary dialect to study language contact and change’, Language and Literature 14: 339–62CrossRefGoogle Scholar
McCafferty, Kevin and Amador-Moreno, Carolina P. 2012. ‘A Corpus of Irish English Correspondence (CORIECOR): a tool for studying the history and evolution of Irish English’, in Migge, Bettina and Chiosáin, Máire Ní (eds.), New Perspectives on Irish English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 265–88Google Scholar
McCarren, Vincent P. and Moffat, Douglas 1998. A Guide to Editing Middle English. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
McCarthy, John J. 2002. A Thematic Guide to Optimality Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
McEnery, Tony 2006. ‘The moral panic about bad language in England, 1691–1745’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 7 (1): 89113CrossRefGoogle Scholar
McEnery, Tony, Xiao, Richard and Tono, Yukio 2006. Corpus-based Language Studies: An Advanced Resource Book. Abingdon: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
McFadden, Thomas 2002. ‘The rise of the to-dative in Middle English’, in Lightfoot, David (ed.), Syntactic Effects of Morphological Change. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 107–23Google Scholar
McFadden, Thomas 2005. ‘OV–VO in English and the role of case marking in word order’, English Language and Linguistics 9: 6382CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Machan, Tim William 2003. English in the Middle Ages. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Machan, Tim William 2006. ‘Medieval multilingualism and Gower's literary practice’, Studies in Philology 103: 125CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Machan, Tim William 2010. ‘Robert Henryson and the matter of multilingualism’. Journal of English and Germanic Philology 109: 5270CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Machan, Tim William 2011. ‘The visual pragmatics of code-switching in late Middle English literature’, in Schendl, Herbert and Wright, Laura (eds.), Code-switching in Early English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 303–33Google Scholar
Machan, Tim William 2013. What Is English? And Why Should we Care? Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
McIntosh, Angus 1963. ‘A new approach to Middle English dialectology’, English Studies 44: 111CrossRefGoogle Scholar
McIntosh, Angus 1975. ‘Scribal profiles from Middle English texts’, Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 76: 218–35Google Scholar
McIntosh, Carey 1998. The Evolution of English Prose 1700–1800: Style, Politeness, and Print Culture. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
McIntyre, Dan and Busse, Beatrix 2010. Language and Style. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave MacmillanCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mack, Frances M. and Zettersten, Arne 1963. The English Text of the Ancrene Riwle: Cotton MS Titus D.18 and Bodleian MS Eng.th.C.70. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
McKenzie, D. F. 1987. ‘Shakespearian punctuation – a new beginning’, in Salmon, Vivian and Burness, Edwina (eds.), A Reader in the Language of Shakespearean Drama. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 445–54Google Scholar
McMahon, April M. S. 1994. Understanding Language Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
McMahon, April M. S. 2000a. Change, Chance, and Optimality. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
McMahon, April M. S. 2000b. Lexical Phonology and the History of English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
McWhorter, John 2002. ‘What happened to English?’, Diachronica 19: 217–72CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Maguire, Laurie and Smith, Emma 2012. ‘Many hands: a new Shakespeare collaboration?’, Times Literary Supplement, 20 April 2012: 1315Google Scholar
Mahrenholz, Jürgen-Kornelius 2003. ‘Zum Lautarchiv und seiner wissenschaftlichen Erschließung durch die Datenbank IMAGO’, in Bröcker, Marianne (ed.), Berichte aus dem ICTM-Nationalkomitee Deutschland XII. Bamberg: Universitätsbibliothek, pp. 131–52. www.iasa-online.de/files/2003_Lautarchiv.pdfGoogle Scholar
Mailhammer, Robert 2011. ‘The prehistory of European languages’, in Kortmann, Bernd and van der Auwera, Johan (eds.), The Languages and Linguistics of Europe: A Comprehensive Guide. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 671–82Google Scholar
Mailhammer, Robert forthcoming. ‘Diversity vs. uniformity – Europe before the arrival of the Indo-European languages: a comparison with prehistoric Australia’, in Robert Mailhammer, Theo Vennemann and Birgit Anette Olsen (eds.), Linguistic Roots of Europe. Copenhagen: Museum TusculanumGoogle Scholar
Mair, Christian 2004. ‘Corpus linguistics and grammaticalisation theory: statistics, frequencies, and beyond’, in Lindquist, Hans and Mair, Christian (eds.), Corpus Approaches to Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 121–50Google Scholar
Mair, Christian 2006. Twentieth-century English: History, Variation and Standardization. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mair, Christian 2007. ‘Change and variation in Present-day English: integrating the analysis of closed corpora and web-based monitoring’, in Hundt, Marianne, Nesselhauf, Nadja and Biewer, Carolin (eds.), Corpus Linguistics and the Web. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 233–47Google Scholar
Mair, Christian 2009. ‘Corpora and the study of recent change in language’, in Lüdeling, Anke and Kytö, Merja (eds.), Corpus Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1109–25Google Scholar
Mair, Christian 2012. ‘From opportunistic to systematic use of the web as corpus: do-support with got (to) in contemporary American English’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 245–55Google Scholar
Mair, Christian 2013a. ‘Speculating on the future of English as a contact language’, in Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), English as a Contact Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 314–28Google Scholar
Mair, Christian 2013b. ‘Using “small” corpora to document ongoing grammatical change’, in Krug, Manfred and Schlüter, Julia (eds.), Research Methods in Language Variation and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 181–94Google Scholar
Mair, Christian 2013c. ‘Writing the corpus-based history of spoken English: the elusive past of a cleft construction’, in Andersen, Gisle and Bech, Kristin (eds.), English Corpus Linguistics: Variation in Time, Space and Genre. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 1129Google Scholar
Mair, Christian and Hundt, Marianne 1995. ‘Why is the progressive becoming more frequent in English? A corpus-based investigation of language change in progress’, Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerikanistik 43: 111–22Google Scholar
Mäkinen, Martti 2006. Between Herbals et alia: Intertextuality in Medieval English Herbals. Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki. http://ethesis.helsinki.fi/julkaisut/hum/engla/vk/makinenGoogle Scholar
Margerie, Hélène 2011. ‘Grammaticalising constructions: to death as a peripheral degree modifier’, Folia Linguistica Historica 32: 115–47Google Scholar
Margolies, David 1985. Novel and Society in Elizabethan England. London: Croom HelmGoogle Scholar
Martin, J. R. and Rose, David 2003. Working with Discourse: Meaning beyond the Clause. London: ContinuumGoogle Scholar
Marttila, Ville 2014. ‘Creating digital editions for corpus linguistics: the case of Potage Dyvers, a family of six Middle English recipe collections’. Doctoral dissertation, University of Helsinki. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-51-0060-3Google Scholar
Matthews, David 2000. The Invention of Middle English: An Anthology of Primary Sources. Turnhout: BrepolsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mauranen, Anna 2012. Exploring ELF: Academic English Shaped by Non-native Speakers. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Mazzon, Gabriella 2000. ‘Social relations and forms of address in the Canterbury Tales’, in Kastovsky, Dieter and Mettinger, Arthur (eds.), The History of English in a Social Context: A Contribution to Historical Sociolinguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 135–68Google Scholar
Mazzon, Gabriella 2003a. ‘Modality in Middle English directive–normative texts’, in Hart, David (ed.), English Modality in Context: Diachronic Perspectives. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 171–95Google Scholar
Mazzon, Gabriella 2003b. ‘Pronouns and nominal address in Shakespearean English: a socio-affective marking system in transition’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Diachronic Perspectives on Address Term Systems. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 223–49Google Scholar
Mazzon, Gabriella 2009. Interactive Dialogue Sequences in Middle English Drama. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mazzon, Gabriella 2012. ‘Now what? The analysis of Middle English discourse markers and advances in historical dialogue studies’, in Dance, Richard and Wright, Laura (eds.), The Use and Development of Middle English. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, pp. 6186Google Scholar
Mazzon, Gabriella and Fodde, Luisanna (eds.) 2012. Historical Perspectives on Forms of English Dialogue. Milan: Franco AngeliGoogle Scholar
MED = Kurath, Hans, Kuhn, Sherman H. and Lewis, Robert E. (eds.) 1952–2001. Middle English Dictionary. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press. http://quod.lib.umich.edu/m/medGoogle Scholar
Meierkord, Christiane 2012. Interactions across Englishes: Linguistic Choices in Local and International Contact Situations. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meillet, Antoine 1921 [1912]. ‘L'évolution des formes grammaticales’, Linguistique historique et linguistique générale. Paris: Librairie Ancienne Honoré Champion, pp. 130–48Google Scholar
Meillet, Antoine 1958 [1905–6]. Linguistique historique et linguistique générale. Paris: ChampionGoogle Scholar
Méndez-Naya, Belén 2008. ‘“The which is most and right harde to answere”: intensifying right and most in earlier English’, in Dury, Richard, Gotti, Maurizio and Dossena, Marina (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 2006. Volume II: Lexical and Semantic Change. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 3151CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend 1996. ‘Imagint excusations: missionary English in the nineteenth century Cape Colony, South Africa’, World Englishes 15: 139–57CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend 2004. ‘Indian South African English: morphology and syntax’, in Kortmann, Bernd, Schneider, Edgar W., Burridge, Kate, Mesthrie, Rajend and Upton, Clive (eds.), A Handbook of Varieties of English, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 974–92Google Scholar
Mesthrie, Rajend and Bhatt, Rakesh M. 2008. World Englishes: The Study of New Linguistic Varieties. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meurman-Solin, Anneli 1993a. ‘On the evolution of prose genres in Older Scots’, Nowele 23: 91138CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meurman-Solin, Anneli 1993b. Variation and Change in Early Scottish Prose: Studies Based on the Helsinki Corpus of Older Scots. Helsinki: Suomalainen TiedeakatemiaGoogle Scholar
Meurman-Solin, Anneli 1995. ‘A new tool: the Helsinki Corpus of Older Scots (1450–1700)’, ICAME Journal 19: 4962Google Scholar
Meurman-Solin, Anneli 1997. ‘Differentiation and standardisation in Early Scots’, in Jones, Charles (ed.), The Edinburgh History of the Scots Language. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, pp. 323Google Scholar
Meurman-Solin, Anneli 2007. ‘Relatives as sentence-level connectives’, in Lenker, Ursula and Meurman-Solin, Anneli (eds.), Connectives in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 255–87Google Scholar
Meurman-Solin, Anneli and Nurmi, Arja 2004. ‘Circumstantial adverbials and stylistic literacy in the evolution of epistolary discourse’, in Gunnarsson, Britt-Louise, Bergström, Lena, Eklund, Gerd, Fridell, Staffan, Hansen, Lise H., Karstadt, Angela, Nordberg, Bengt, Sundgren, Eva and Thelander, Mats (eds.), Language Variation in Europe: Papers from the Second International Conference on Language Variation in Europe, ICLaVE 2. Uppsala: Universitetstryckeriet, pp. 302–14Google Scholar
Meurman-Solin, Anneli, López-Couso, María José and Los, Bettelou (eds.) 2012. Information Structure and Syntactic Change in the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Meyer, Charles F. 2002. ‘Pseudo-titles in the press genre of various components of the International Corpus of English’, in Reppen, Randi, Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Biber, Douglas (eds.), Using Corpora to Explore Linguistic Variation. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 147–66Google Scholar
Michael, Ian 1970. English Grammatical Categories and the Tradition to 1800. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Michael, Ian 1987. The Teaching of English from the Sixteenth Century to 1870. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Michael, Ian 1997. ‘The hyperactive production of English grammars in the nineteenth century: a speculative bibliography’, Publishing History 41: 2361Google Scholar
Michaelis, Laura A. 2013. ‘Sign-based construction grammar’, in Hoffmann, Thomas and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Construction Grammar. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 133–52Google Scholar
Michaelis, Laura A. and Lambrecht, Knud 1996. ‘Toward a construction-based model of language function: the case of nominal extraposition’, Language 72: 215–47CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Michel, Jean-Baptiste, Shen, Yuan Kui, Aiden, Aviva, P., Veres, Adrian, Gray, Matthew K., the Google Books Team, Pickett, Joseph P., Hoiberg, Dale, Clancy, Dan, Norvig, Peter, Orwant, Jon, Pinker, Steven, Nowak, Martin A. and Lieberman Aiden, Erez 2011. ‘Quantitative analysis of culture using millions of digitized books’, Science 331: 176–82CrossRefGoogle ScholarPubMed
Miège, Guy. 1688. The English Grammar; or, the Grounds, and Genius of the English Tongue. LondonGoogle Scholar
Miethaner, Ulrich 2000. ‘Orthographic transcriptions of nonstandard varieties: the case of earlier African-American English’, Journal of Sociolinguistics 4 (4): 534–60CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milić, Louis T. 1990. ‘A new historical corpus’, ICAME Journal 14: 2639Google Scholar
Milić, Louis 1995. ‘The Century of Prose Corpus: a half-million word historical data base’, Computers and the Humanities 29: 327–37CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Millar, Neil 2009. ‘Modal verbs in TIME: frequency changes 1923–2006’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 14: 191220CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Millar, Robert McColl 2012. English Historical Sociolinguistics. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miller, D. Gary 2002. ‘The origin and diffusion of English 3sg -s’, Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 38: 353–61Google Scholar
Miller, D. Gary 2012. External Influences on English: From its Beginnings to the Renaissance. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Miller, Jim 2004. ‘Perfect and resultative constructions in spoken and non-standard English’, in Fischer, Olga, Norde, Muriel and Perridon, Harry (eds.), Up and Down the Cline: The Nature of Grammaticalization. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 229–46Google Scholar
Millett, Bella 1992. ʻThe origins of Ancrene Wisse: new answers, new questionsʼ, Medium Ævum 61: 206–28CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milroy, James 1992a. Linguistic Variation and Change: On the Historical Sociolinguistics of English. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Milroy, James 1992b. ‘Middle English dialectology’, in Blake, Norman (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume II: 1066–1476. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 156206CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milroy, James 2001. ‘Language ideologies and the consequences of standardization’, Journal of Sociolinguistics 5 (4): 530–55CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milroy, James 2002. ‘The legitimate language: giving a history to English’, in Watts, Richard J. and Trudgill, Peter (eds.), Alternative Histories of English. London: Routledge, pp. 725Google Scholar
Milroy, James and Harris, John 1980. ‘When is a merger not a merger? The MEAT/MATE problem in a present-day English vernacular’, English World-Wide 1: 199210CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milroy, James and Milroy, Lesley (eds.) 1993. Real English: The Grammar of English Dialects in the British Isles. London: LongmanGoogle Scholar
Milroy, James and Milroy, Lesley 1997. ‘Network structure and linguistic change’, in Coupland, Nikolas and Jaworski, Adam (eds.), Sociolinguistics: A Reader and Coursebook. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 199211CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milroy, James and Milroy, Lesley 1999 [1985]. Authority in Language: Investigating Standard English. London: Routledge (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Milroy, James and Milroy, Lesley 2012 [1985]. Authority in Language: Investigating Language Prescription and Standardisation. London: Routledge & Kegan PaulCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Milroy, Lesley 1987. Language and Social Networks. Oxford: Basil Blackwell (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Milroy, Lesley 2000. ‘Social network analysis and language change: introduction’, European Journal of English Studies 4 (3): 217–23CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Minkova, Donka 1982. ‘The environment for open syllable lengthening in Middle English’, Folia Linguistica Historica 3: 2958Google Scholar
Minkova, Donka 2003. Alliteration and Sound Change in Early English. Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Minkova, Donka (ed.) 2009. Phonological Weakness in English: From Old to Present-day English. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave MacmillanCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Minkova, Donka 2011. ‘Phonemically contrastive fricatives in Old English?’, English Language and Linguistics 15 (1): 3159CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Minkova, Donka 2013. A Historical Phonology of English. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Minkova, Donka and Stockwell, Robert P. 2009. English Words: History and Structure. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (2nd edn)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Minnis, A. J. 1988. Medieval Theory of Authorship: Scholastic Literary Attitudes in the Later Middle Ages. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania PressGoogle Scholar
Mitchell, Linda C. 1994. ‘Inversion of grammar books and dictionaries in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries’, Euralex 1994 Proceedings: 548–54Google Scholar
Mithun, Marianne 1991. ‘The role of motivation in the emergence of grammatical categories: the grammaticization of subjects’, in Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Heine, Bernd (eds.), Approaches to Grammaticalization, Vol. 2. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 159–84Google Scholar
Mittendorf, Ingo and Poppe, Erich 2000. ‘Celtic contacts of the English progressive’, in Hildegard, L. C. Tristram, (ed.), The Celtic Englishes II. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 117–45Google Scholar
Moerenhout, Mike and Wurff, Wim van der 2000. ‘Remnants of the old order: OV in the Paston Letters’, English Studies 81: 513–30CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Moerenhout, Mike and Wurff, Wim van der 2005. ‘Object–Verb order in early sixteenth-century English prose: an exploratory study’, English Language and Linguistics 9: 83114CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Moessner, Lilo 2000. ‘Grammatical description and language use in the seventeenth century’, in Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo, Denison, David, Hogg, Richard M. and McCully, Chris B. (eds.), Generative Theory and Corpus Studies: A Dialogue from the 10th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 395416Google Scholar
Moessner, Lilo 2001. ‘Genre, text type, style, register: a terminological maze?’, European Journal of English Studies 5 (2): 131–8CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Moessner, Lilo 2008. ‘Variation and change in the writings of 17th century scientists’, in Dury, Richard, Gotti, Maurizio and Marina, Dossena (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 2006. Volume II: Lexical and Semantic Change. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 7593CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Moessner, Lilo 2009. ‘The influence of the Royal Society on 17th-century scientific writing’, ICAME Journal 33: 6587Google Scholar
Molencki, Rafal 2003. ‘Proscriptive prescriptivists: on the loss of the “pleonastic” perfect infinitive in counterfactual constructions in Late Modern English’, in Dossena, Marina and Jones, Charles (eds.), Insights into Late Modern English. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, pp. 175–96Google Scholar
Momma, Haruko 2013. From Philology to English Studies: Language and Culture in the Nineteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Montgomery, Michael 1995. ‘The linguistic value of Ulster emigrant letters’, Ulster Folklife 41: 2641Google Scholar
Montgomery, Michael 1996. ‘Was colonial American English a koiné?’, in Klemola, Juhani, Kytö, Merja and Rissanen, Matti (eds.), Speech Past and Present: Studies in English Dialectology in Memory of Ossi Ihalainen. Frankfurt: Peter Lang, pp. 213–35Google Scholar
Moore, Colette 2011. Quoting Speech in Early English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Morris, John 1973. The Age of Arthur: A History of the British Isles from 350 to 650. London: Weidenfeld & NicolsonGoogle Scholar
Moskowich, Isabel and Crespo, Begoña (eds.) 2012. Astronomy ‘Playne and Simple’: The Writing of Science between 1700 and 1900. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S. 1996. ‘The founder principle in creole genesis’, Diachronica 13 (1): 83134CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mufwene, Salikoko S. 2001. The Ecology of Language Evolution. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mugglestone, Lynda 1991. ‘The fallacy of the cockney rhyme: from Keats and earlier to Auden’, Review of English Studies 42: 5766CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mugglestone, Lynda 1995. Talking Proper: The Rise of Accent as Social Symbol. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Mugglestone, Lynda (ed.) 2013. The Oxford History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Mugler, France and Tent, Jan 2008. ‘Fiji English: morphology and syntax’, in Burridge, Kate and Kortmann, Bernd (eds.), Varieties of English: The Pacific and Australasia. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 546–67Google Scholar
Muir, Bernard J. (ed.) 2000. The Exeter Anthology of Old English Poetry: An Edition of Exeter Dean and Chapter MS 3501. Exeter: Exeter University PressGoogle Scholar
Mukherjee, Joybrato and Hundt, Marianne (eds.) 2011. Exploring Second-language Varieties of English and Learner Englishes: Bridging a Paradigm Gap. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Mulcaster, Richard 1582. The First Part of the Elementarie. London: Thomas VautrouillerGoogle Scholar
Murdoch, James (ed.) 1896. The Bannatyne Manuscript, 4 vols. Glasgow: The Hunterian ClubGoogle Scholar
Murray, Lindley 1795. English Grammar, Adapted to the Different Classes of Learners. York.Google Scholar
Murray, Robert W. 2015. ʻThe early history of historical phonologyʼ, in Patrick Honeybone and Joseph Salmons (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Historical Phonology. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 1131CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Myers, Greg 1990. Writing Biology: Texts in the Social Construction of Scientific Knowledge. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin PressGoogle Scholar
Narrog, Heiko 2012. Modality, Subjectivity, and Semantic Change: A Cross-linguistic Perspective. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Narrog, Heiko and Heine, Bernd (eds.) 2011. The Oxford Handbook of Grammaticalization. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Nerlich, Brigitte 2010. ‘Metaphor and metonymy’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 193215CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nerlich, Brigitte and Clarke, David D. 2001. ‘Serial metonymy: a study of reference-based polysemisation’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 2 (2): 245–72CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nesselhauf, Nadja 2007. ‘Diachronic analysis with the internet? Will and shall in ARCHER and in a corpus of e-texts from the web’, in Hundt, Marianne, Nesselhauf, Nadja and Biewer, Carolin (eds.), Corpus Linguistics and the Web. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 287305Google Scholar
Nesselhauf, Nadja 2009. ‘Co-selection phenomena across New Englishes: parallels (and differences) to foreign learner varieties’, English World-Wide 30 (1): 125CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nesselhauf, Nadja 2012. ‘Mechanisms of language change in a functional system: the recent semantic evolution of English future time expressions’, Journal of Historical Linguistics 2 (1): 83132CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nevala, Minna 1998. ‘By him that loves you: address forms in letters written to 16th-century social aspirers’, in Renouf, Antoinette (ed.), Explorations in Corpus Linguistics. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 147–58Google Scholar
Nevala, Minna 2002. ‘Youre moder send a letter to the: pronouns of address in private correspondence from Late Middle to Late Modern English’, in Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena, Nurmi, Arja, Nevala, Minna and Rissanen, Matti (eds.), Variation Past and Present: VARIENG Studies on English for Terttu Nevalainen. Helsinki: Société Néophilologique, pp. 135–59Google Scholar
Nevala, Minna 2003. ‘Family first: address and subscription formulae in English family correspondence from the fifteenth to the seventeenth century’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Diachronic Perspectives on Address Term Systems. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 147–76Google Scholar
Nevala, Minna 2004. Address in Early English Correspondence: Its Forms and Socio-pragmatic Functions. Helsinki: Société Néophilologique de HelsinkiGoogle Scholar
Nevala, Minna 2009. ‘Referential terms and expressions in eighteenth-century letters: a case study on the Lunar Men of Birmingham’, in Nurmi, Arja, Nevala, Minna and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), The Language of Daily Life in England (1400–1800). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 75103CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu 1994. ‘Ladies and gentlemen: the generalization of titles in Early Modern English’, in Fernández, Francisco, Fuster, Miguel and Calvo, Juan José (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 1992. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 317–27Google Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu 1997. ‘The processes of adverb derivation in Late Middle and Early Modern English’, in Rissanen, Matti, Kytö, Merja and Heikkonen, Kirsi (eds.), Grammaticalization at Work: Studies of Long-term Developments in English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 145–89Google Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu 1999a. ‘Early Modern English lexis and semantics’, in Lass, Roger (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume III: 1476–1776. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 332458Google Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu 1999b. ‘Making the best use of bad data’, Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 100: 499533Google Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu 2004. ‘Three perspectives on grammaticalization: lexico-grammar, corpora and historical sociolinguistics’, in Lindquist, Hans and Mair, Christian (eds.), Corpus Approaches to Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 131Google Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu 2012. ‘New perspectives, theories and methods: historical sociolinguistics’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1438–57Google Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Kahlas-Tarkka, Leena (eds.) 1997. To Explain the Present: Studies in the Changing English Language in Honour of Matti Rissanen. Helsinki: Société NéophilologiqueGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena 1995. ‘Constraints on politeness: the pragmatics of address formulae in early English correspondence’, in Jucker, Andreas H. (ed.), Historical Pragmatics: Pragmatic Developments in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 541601CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena (eds.) 1996a. Sociolinguistics and Language History: Studies Based on the Corpus of Early English Correspondence. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: RodopiCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena 1996b. ‘The Corpus of Early English Correspondence’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena (eds.), Sociolinguistics and Language History: Studies Based on the Corpus of Early English Correspondence. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 3954CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena 2003. Historical Sociolinguistics: Language Change in Tudor and Stuart England. Harlow: PearsonGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu, Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena and Mannila, Heikki 2011. ‘The diffusion of language change in real time: progressive and conservative individuals and the time-depth of change’, Language Variation and Change 23 (1): 143CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2006. ‘Standardisation’, in Hogg, Richard M. and Denison, David (eds.), A History of the English Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 271311CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Tissari, Heli 2010. ‘Contextualising eighteenth-century politeness: social distinction and metaphorical levelling’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Eighteenth-century English: Ideology and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 133–58Google Scholar
Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.) 2012. The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nichols, Johanna and Peterson, David A. 1996. ʻThe Amerind personal pronounsʼ, Language 72 (2): 336–71CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nichols, Stephen G. (ed.) 1990. The New Philology, special issue of Speculum 65Google Scholar
Noël, Dirk 2007. ‘Diachronic construction grammar and grammaticalization theory’, Functions of Language 14: 177202CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Noël, Dirk 2008. ‘The nominative and infinitive in Late Modern English: a diachronic constructionist approach’, Journal of English Linguistics 36 (4): 314–40CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Noël, Dirk and Colleman, , , Timothy 2010. ‘Believe-type raising-to-object and raising-to-subject verbs in English and Dutch: a contrastive investigation in diachronic construction grammar’, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 15 (2): 157–82CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Norde, Muriel 2009. Degrammaticalization. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Norri, Juhani 2004. ‘Entrances and exits in English medical vocabulary, 1400–1550’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.), Medical and Scientific Writing in Late Medieval English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 100143Google Scholar
Nunberg, Geoffrey, Sag, Ivan A. and Wasow, Thomas 1994. ‘Idioms’, Language 70: 491538CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Núñez-Pertejo, Paloma 2007. ‘Aspects of the use of the progressive in the eighteenth century’, in Pérez-Guerra, Javier, González-Álvarez, Dolores, Bueno-Alonso, Jorge L. and Rama-Martínez, Esperanza (eds.), ‘On Varying Language and Opposing Creed’: New Insights into Late Modern English. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 359–82Google Scholar
Nurmi, Arja 1996. ‘Periphrastic do and be + ing: interconnected developments?’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena (eds.), Sociolinguistics and Language History: Studies Based on the Corpus of Early English Correspondence. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 151–65Google Scholar
Nurmi, Arja 2002. ‘Does size matter? The Corpus of Early English Correspondence and its sampler’, in Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena, Nurmi, Arja, Nevala, Minna and Rissanen, Matti (eds.), Variation Past and Present: VARIENG Studies on English for Terttu Nevalainen. Helsinki: Société Néophilologique, pp. 173–84Google Scholar
Nurmi, Arja 2003a. ‘The role of gender in the use of must in Early Modern English’, in Granger, Sylviane and Petch-Tyson, Stephanie (eds.), Extending the Scope of Corpus-based Research: New Applications, New Challenges. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 111–20Google Scholar
Nurmi, Arja 2003b. ‘Youe shall see I will conclude in it: sociolinguistic variation of will/would and shall/should in the sixteenth century’, in Hart, David (ed.), English Modality in Context: Diachronic Perspectives. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 89107Google Scholar
Nurmi, Arja 2009. ‘May: the social history of an auxiliary’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), Corpora: Pragmatics and Discourse. Papers from the 29th International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 29). Ascona, Switzerland, 14–18 May 2008. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 321–42Google Scholar
Nurmi, Arja, Nevala, Minna and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.) 2009. The Language of Daily Life in England (1400–1800). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nurmi, Arja and Pahta, Päivi 2004. ‘Social stratification and patterns of code-switching in Early English letters’, Multilingua 23: 417–56CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Nurmi, Arja and Pahta, Päivi 2010. ‘Preacher, scholar, brother, friend: social roles and code-switching in the writings of Thomas Twining’, in Pahta, Päivi, Nevala, Minna, Nurmi, Arja and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), Social Roles and Language Practices in Late Modern English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 135–62Google Scholar
OED = Murray, Sir James A. H., Bradley, Henry, Craigie, Sir William A. and Onions, Charles T. (eds.) 1884–1928. The Oxford English Dictionary; Supplement and Bibliography 1933; Supplement 1972–86; Burchfield, Robert W. (ed.) 1989 (2nd edn = OED2); Simpson, John A. and Weiner, Edmund S. C. (eds.) 1993–7. Additions Series; Simpson, John A., Weiner, Edmund S. C. and Proffitt, Michael (eds.) forthcoming. Oxford: Oxford University Press (3rd edn = OED3). OED Online, March 2000–, John A. Simpson (ed., –2013), Michael Proffitt (ed. 2013–), www.oed.comGoogle Scholar
Ogura, Mieko and Wang, William S-Y. 1996. ‘Snowball effect in lexical diffusion: the development of -s in the third person singular present indicative in English’, in Britton, Derek (ed.), English Historical Linguistics 1994: Papers from the 8th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics (8. ICEHL, Edinburgh, 19–23 September 1994). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 119–41Google Scholar
Oldireva Gustafsson, Larisa 2002. Preterite and Past Participle Forms in English 1680–1790: Standardisation Processes in Public and Private Writing. Uppsala: Acta Universitatis UpsaliensisGoogle Scholar
Omoniyi, Tope and White, Goodith (eds.) 2006. Sociolinguistics of Identity. London: ContinuumGoogle Scholar
Onions, C. T. (ed.) 1966. The Oxford Dictionary of English Etymology. Oxford: University PressGoogle Scholar
Orton, Harold and Tilling, P. M. 1969. Survey of English Dialects. The Basic Material, Vol. 3: The East and Midland Counties and East Anglia. Leeds: Edward ArnoldGoogle Scholar
Osselton, N. E. 1958. Branded Words in English Dictionaries before Johnson. Groningen: J. B. WoltersGoogle Scholar
Osselton, N. E. 1963. ‘Formal and informal spelling in the 18th century: errour, honor, and related words’, English Studies 44: 267–75Google Scholar
Osselton, N. E. 1983. ‘On the history of dictionaries’, in Hartmann, R. R. K. (ed.), Lexicography: Principles and Practice. London: Academic Press, pp. 1321Google Scholar
Osselton, N. E. 1984. ‘Informal spelling systems in Early Modern English: 1500–1800’, in Blake, Norman and Jones, Charles (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: Studies in Development. Sheffield: CECTAL, pp. 123–36Google Scholar
Osselton, N. E. 1998 [1984]. ‘Informal spelling systems in Early Modern English: 1500–1800’, in Rydén, Mats, Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid and Kytö, Merja (eds.), A Reader in Early Modern English. Frankfurt: Peter Lang, pp. 3345Google Scholar
Övergaard, Gerd 1995. The Mandative Subjunctive in American and British English in the 20th Century. Uppsala: Acta Universitatis UpsaliensisGoogle Scholar
Pahta, Päivi 2001. ‘Creating a new genre: contextual dimensions in the production and transmission of early scientific writing’, European Journal of English Studies 5 (2): 205–20CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pahta, Päivi 2004. ‘Code-switching in medieval medical writing’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.), Medical and Scientific Writing in Late Medieval English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 7399Google Scholar
Pahta, Päivi 2011. ‘Code-switching in Early Modern English medical writing’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.), Medical Writing in Early Modern English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 115132CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pahta, Päivi 2012. ‘Code-switching in English of the Middle Ages’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 528–37Google Scholar
Pahta, Päivi and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.) 2011. Communicating Early English Manuscripts. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Pahta, Päivi, Nevala, Minna, Nurmi, Arja and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.) 2010. Social Roles and Language Practices in Late Modern English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pahta, Päivi and Taavitsainen, Irma 2010. ‘Scientific discourse’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 549–86Google Scholar
Pakkala-Weckström, Mari 2010. ‘Chaucer’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 219–45Google Scholar
Palander-Collin, Minna 2010. ‘Correspondence’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 651–77Google Scholar
Palander-Collin, Minna and Nevala, Minna 2010. ‘Reporting and social role construction in eighteenth-century personal correspondence’, in Pahta, Päivi, Nevala, Minna, Nurmi, Arja and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), Social Roles and Language Practices in Late Modern English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 111–33Google Scholar
Palander-Collin, Minna, Nevala, Minna and Nurmi, Arja 2009. ‘The language of daily life in the history of English: studying how macro meets micro’, in Nurmi, Arja, Nevala, Minna and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), The Language of Daily Life in England (1400–1800). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 123Google Scholar
Paltridge, Brian 1997. Genre, Frames and Writing in Research Settings. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Panton, George A. and Donaldson, David (eds.) 1869, 1874. The ‘Gest Hystoriale’ of the Destruction of Troy, 2 vols. (Early English Text Society 39, 56). Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Paradis, Carita 2008. ‘Configurations, construals and change: expressions of degree, English Language and Linguistics 12 (2): 317–43CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Parkes, M. B. 1976. ‘The influence of the concepts of Ordinatio and Compilatio on the development of the book’, in Alexander, J. J. G. and Gibson, M. T. (eds.), Medieval Learning and Literature: Essays Presented to Richard William Hunt. Oxford: Clarendon Press, pp. 115–41Google Scholar
Parkes, M. B. 1983. ‘On the presumed date and possible origin of the manuscript of the Orrmulum: Oxford, Bodleian Library, MS Junius 1’, in Stanley, Eric G. and Grey, Douglas (eds.), Five Hundred Years of Words and Sounds: A Festschrift for Eric Dobson. Woodbridge: Boydell and Brewer, pp. 115–27Google Scholar
Parkes, M. B. 1992. Pause and Effect: An Introduction to the History of Punctuation in the West. Aldershot: Scolar PressGoogle Scholar
Parkes, M. B. 1993. Pause and Effect: An Introduction to the History of Punctuation in the West. Berkeley, CA: University of California PressGoogle Scholar
Parkes, M. B. 1997. ‘Punctuation in copies of Nicholas Love's Mirror of the Blessed Life of Jesus Christ’, in Oguro, Shoichi, Beadle, Richard and Sargent, Michael G. (eds.), Nicholas Love at Waseda: Proceedings of the International Conference, 20–22 July, 1995. Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, pp. 4759Google Scholar
Parkinson, David 1992. ‘Prescriptions for laughter in some Middle Scots poems’, in McKenna, Steven R. (ed.), Selected Essays on Scottish Language and Literature: A Festschrift in Honor of Allan H. MacLaine. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press, pp. 2739Google Scholar
Partridge, Stephen 2011. ‘Designing the page’, in Gillespie, Alexandra and Wakelin, Daniel (eds.), The Production of Books in England 1350–1500. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 79103CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Patten, Amanda L. 2012. The English it-cleft: A Constructional Account and a Diachronic Investigation. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Patterson, Lee 1994. ʻThe return to philologyʼ, in Van Engen, John (ed.), The Past and Future of Medieval Studies. Notre Dame, IN: University of Notre Dame Press, pp. 231–44Google Scholar
Paul, Hermann 1880. Principien der Sprachgeschichte. Halle: NiemeyerGoogle Scholar
Paul, Hermann 1909 [1886]. Prinzipien der Sprachgeschichte. Halle: Niemeyer (4th edn)Google Scholar
Paul, Hermann 1920 [1880]. Prinzipien der Sprachgeschichte. Tübingen: Niemeyer (5th edn)Google Scholar
Pearsall, Derek 2004. ‘The organisation of the Latin apparatus in Gower's Confessio Amantis: the scribes and their problems’, in Matsuda, Takami, Linenthal, Richard A. and Scahill, John (eds.), The Medieval Book and a Modern Collector: Essays in Honour of Toshiyuki Takamiya. Cambridge: Brewer, pp. 99112Google Scholar
Peikola, Matti 2008. ‘Aspects of mise-en-page in manuscripts of the Wycliffite Bible’, in Caie, Graham D. and Renevey, Denis (eds.), Medieval Texts in Context. London: Routledge, pp. 2867Google Scholar
Pelteret, David A. E. 1995. Slavery in Early Mediaeval England from the Reign of Alfred until the Twelfth Century. Woodbridge: BoydellGoogle Scholar
Percy, Carol 1996. ‘Eighteenth-century normative grammar in practice: the case of Captain Cook’, in Britton, Derek (ed.), English Historical Linguistics 1994: Papers from the 8th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics (8. ICEHL, Edinburgh, 19–23 September 1994). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 339–62Google Scholar
Percy, Carol 2009. ‘Periodical reviews and the rise of prescriptivism: the Monthly (1749–1844) and Critical Review (1756–1817) in the eighteenth century’, in van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon and van der Wurff, Wim (eds.), Current Issues in Late Modern English. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 117–50Google Scholar
Pérez, Aveline 1990. ‘Time in motion: grammaticalisation of the be going to construction in English’, La Trobe University Working Papers in Linguistics 3: 4964Google Scholar
Pérez-Guerra, Javier and Martínez-Insua, Ana Elina 2010. ‘Do some genres or text types become more complex than others?’, in Dorgeloh, Heidrun and Wanner, Anja (eds.), Syntactic Variation and Genre. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 111–40Google Scholar
Pérez-Guerra, Javier and Tizón-Couto, David 2008. ‘On left dislocations in the history of English: theory and data hand in hand’, in Shaer, Benjamin, Cook, Philippa, Frey, Werner and Maienborn, Claudia (eds.), Dislocated Elements in Discourse: Syntactic, Semantic, and Pragmatic Perspectives. London: Routledge, pp. 3148Google Scholar
Peters, Pam 2009a. ‘Australian English as a regional epicenter’, in Hoffmann, Thomas and Siebers, Lucia (eds.), World Englishes – Problems, Properties and Prospects. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 107–24Google Scholar
Peters, Pam 2009b. ‘The mandative subjunctive in spoken English’, in Peters, Pam, Collins, Peter and Smith, Adam (eds.), Comparative Studies in Australian and New Zealand English: Grammar and Beyond. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 125–37CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Petré, Peter 2014. Constructions and Environments: Copular, Passive and Related Constructions in Old and Middle English. New York, NY: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Philippi, Julia 1997. ‘The rise of the article in the Germanic languages’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Vincent, Nigel (eds.), Parameters of Morphosyntactic Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 6293Google Scholar
Pichler, Heike 2013. The Structure of Discourse-pragmatic Variation. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Picker, John M. 2003. Victorian Soundscapes. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pickering, Oliver and Powell, Susan 1989. A Handlist of Manuscripts Containing Middle English Prose in Yorkshire Libraries and Archives. Cambridge: D.S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Pintzuk, Susan 1991. ‘Phrase structures in competition: variation and change in Old English word order’. Doctoral dissertation, University of PennsylvaniaGoogle Scholar
Pintzuk, Susan and Taylor, Ann 2011. ‘The independence of information status effects and the syntactic change from OV to VO in the history of English and Icelandic’. Paper presented at DiGS 13, University of PennsylvaniaGoogle Scholar
Pintzuk, Susan, Tsoulas, George and Warner, Anthony (eds.) 2000a. Diachronic Syntax: Models and Mechanisms. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Pintzuk, Susan, Tsoulas, George and Warner, Anthony 2000b. ‘Syntactic change: theory and method’, in Pintzuk, Susan, Tsoulas, George and Warner, Anthony (eds.), Diachronic Syntax: Models and Mechanisms. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 122Google Scholar
Plag, Ingo 2003. Word-formation in English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pogatscher, Alois 1888. Zur Lautlehre der griechischen, lateinischen und romanischen Lehnworte im Altenglischen. Strasbourg: TrübnerCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pokorny, Julius 1927–30. ‘Das nicht-indogermanische Substrat im Irischen’, Zeitschrift für celtische Philologie 16: 95144, 231–66, 363–94; 17: 373–88; 18: 233–48CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Poldauf, Ivan 1948. On the History of Some Problems of English Grammar before 1800. Prague: Prague UniversityGoogle Scholar
Polo, Chiara 2002. ‘Double objects and morphological triggers for syntactic case’, in Lightfoot, David (ed.), Syntactic Effects of Morphological Change. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 124–42Google Scholar
Polomé, Edgar 1990. ‘Types of linguistic evidence for early contact: Indo-Europeans and non-Indo-Europeans’, in Greppin, John and Markey, Thomas (eds.), When Worlds Collide. Ann Arbor, MI: Karoma, pp. 267–89Google Scholar
Poplack, Shana and Tagliamonte, Sali A. 2001. African American English in the Diaspora. Malden, MA: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Porter, Roy 2000. Enlightenment: Britain and the Creation of the Modern World. Harmondsworth: PenguinGoogle Scholar
Potter, Simeon 1969. Changing English. London: André DeutschGoogle Scholar
Poussa, Patricia 1982. ‘The evolution of Early Standard English: the creolisation hypothesis’, Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 14: 6985Google Scholar
Prentice, Sheryl and Hardie, Andrew 2009. ‘Empowerment and disempowerment in the Glencairn Uprising: a corpus-based critical analysis of Early Modern English news discourse’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 10 (1): 2355CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Prescott, Andrew 1997. ‘The Electronic Beowulf and digital restoration’, Literary and Linguistic Computing 12: 185–95CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Preusler, Walther 1956. ‘Keltischer Einfluss im Englischen’, Revue des langues vivantes 22: 322–50Google Scholar
Price, Jenny 2008. ‘New news old news: a sociophonetic study of spoken Australian English in news broadcast speech’, Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik 33: 285310Google Scholar
Price, Jenny 2012. ‘Old news: rethinking language change through Australian broadcast speech’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 341–51Google Scholar
Prokosch, Eduard 1939. A Comparative Germanic Grammar. Philadelphia, PA: Linguistic Society of AmericaGoogle Scholar
Pullum, Geoffrey K. 1974. ‘Lowth's grammar: a re-evaluation’, Linguistics 12 (137): 6378CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Pullum, Geoffrey K. and Scholz, Barbara C. 2002. ‘Empirical assessment of stimulus poverty arguments’, Linguistic Review 19: 950Google Scholar
Pustet, Regina 2005. ‘On discourse frequency, grammar, and grammaticalization’, in Frajzyngier, Zygmunt, Hodges, Adam and Rood, Davis S. (eds.), Linguistic Diversity and Language Theories. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 143–68Google Scholar
Puttenham, George 1589. The Arte of English Poesie. LondonGoogle Scholar
Putter, Ad and Stokes, Myra 2007. ‘The linguistic atlas and the dialect of the Gawain poems’, Journal of English and Germanic Philology 106: 468–91CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rama-Martínez, Esperanza 2013. ‘Courtroom interaction between 1760 and 1860: on defendants taking (re)initiating moves’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 14 (2): 236–62CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rask, Rasmus 1818. Undersøgelse om det gamle nordiske eller islandske sprogs oprindelse. Copenhagen: GyldendalGoogle Scholar
Ratia, Maura 2011. Texts ‘Con and Pro’: The Early Modern Medical Controversy over Tobacco. Helsinki: Société NéophilologiqueGoogle Scholar
Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena 2009. ‘Lifespan changes in the language of three early-modern gentlemen’, in Nurmi, Arja, Nevala, Minna and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), The Language of Daily Life in England (1400–1800). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 165–96Google Scholar
Raumolin-Brunberg, Helena, Nevala, Minna, Nurmi, Arja and Rissanen, Matti (eds.) 2002. Variation Past and Present: VARIENG Studies on English for Terttu Nevalainen. Helsinki: Société NéophilologiqueGoogle Scholar
Raymond, Joad (ed.) 2006. News Networks in Seventeenth Century Britain and Europe. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Renouf, Antoinette, Kehoe, Andrew and Banerjee, Jayeeta 2007. ‘WebCorp: an integrated system for web text search’, in Hundt, Marianne, Nesselhauf, Nadja and Biewer, Carolin (eds.), Corpus Linguistics and the Web. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 4767Google Scholar
Richards, Marc 2008. ‘Two kinds of variation in a Minimalist System’, in Heck, Fabian, Müller, Gereon and Trommer, Jochen (eds.), Linguistische Arbeits Berichte 87: Varieties of Competition. Leipzig: University of Leipzig, pp. 133–62. www.uni-leipzig.de/∼asw/lab/lab87/LAB87_richards.pdfGoogle Scholar
Riemsdijk, Henk 1978. A Case Study in Syntactic Markedness: The Binding Nature of Prepositional Phrases. Dordrecht: De RidderGoogle Scholar
Rietveld, Toni, van Hout, Roeland and Ernestus, Mirjam 2004. ‘Pitfalls in corpus research’, Computers and the Humanities 38 (4): 343–62CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rissanen, Matti 1999. ‘Syntax’, in Lass, Roger (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume III: 1476–1776. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 187331Google Scholar
Rissanen, Matti 2000. ‘Standardisation and the language of early statutes’, in Wright, Laura (ed.), The Development of Standard English 1300–1800: Theories, Descriptions, Conflicts. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 117–30Google Scholar
Rissanen, Matti 2004. ‘Grammaticalisation from side to side: on the development of beside(s)’, in Lindquist, Hans and Mair, Christian (eds.), Corpus Approaches to Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 151–70Google Scholar
Rissanen, Matti 2008. ‘Corpus linguistics and historical linguistics’, in Lüdeling, Anke and Kytö, Merja (eds.), Corpus Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 5368Google Scholar
Rissanen, Matti 2011. ‘On the long history of adverbial subordinators’, in Meurman-Solin, Anneli and Lenker, Ursula (eds.), Connectives in Synchrony and Diachrony in European Languages. Helsinki: Research Unit for Variation, Contacts, and Change in English. www.helsinki.fi/varieng/journal/volumes/08/rissanenGoogle Scholar
Rissanen, Matti 2012. ‘Grammaticalisation, contact and corpora: on the development of adverbial connectives in English’, in Hegedűs, Irén and Fodor, Alexandra (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 2010: Selected Papers from the Sixteenth International Conference on English Historical Linguistics (ICEHL 16), Pécs, 23–27 August 2010. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 131–51Google Scholar
Ritt, Nikolaus 1994. Quantity Adjustment: Vowel Lengthening and Shortening in Early Middle English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ritt, Nikolaus 2012. ‘Middle English phonology in the digital age: what written corpora can tell us about sound change’, in Nevalainen, Terttu and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 81–6Google Scholar
Rizzi, Luigi 1982. Issues in Italian Syntax. Dordrecht: ForisCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rizzi, Luigi 1997. ‘The fine structure of the left periphery’, in Haegeman, Liliane (ed.), Elements of Grammar: Handbook of Generative Syntax. Dordrecht: Kluwer, pp. 281337CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roberge, Paul 2010. ‘Contact and the history of Germanic Languages’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), The Handbook of Language Contact. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 406–31Google Scholar
Roberts, A. Hood 1965. A Statistical Linguistic Analysis of American English. The Hague: Mouton & Co.CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roberts, Ian 1993. Verbs and Diachronic Syntax: A Comparative History of English and French. Dordrecht: KluwerGoogle Scholar
Roberts, Ian 1996. ‘Remarks on the Old English C-system and the diachrony of V2’, in Brandner, Ellen and Ferraresi, Gisella (eds.), Language Change and Generative Grammar. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag, pp. 154–68Google Scholar
Roberts, Ian 2007. Diachronic Syntax. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Roberts, Ian 2010. ‘Grammaticalization, the clausal hierarchy and semantic bleaching’, in Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), Gradience, Gradualness, and Grammaticalization. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 4573CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roberts, Ian and Roussou, Anna 2003. Syntactic Change: A Minimalist Approach to Grammaticalization. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roberts, Jane 2005. Guide to Scripts Used in English Writings up to 1500. British LibraryGoogle Scholar
Roberts, Jane and Kay, Christian with Grundy, Lynne 2000. A Thesaurus of Old English. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: RodopiGoogle Scholar
Robinson, Justyna A. 2012. ‘A sociolinguistic approach to semantic change’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A. (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 199231Google Scholar
Rodríguez-Álvarez, Alicia and Rodríguez-Gil, María E. 2013. ‘Common topics in eighteenth-century prefaces to English school grammars: an application of the ECEG database’, Transactions of the Philological Society 111 (2): 202–22CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rodríguez-Gil, María E. 2002. ‘Teaching English grammar in the eighteenth century: Ann Fisher’. Doctoral dissertation, Universidad de Las Palmas de Gran CanariaGoogle Scholar
Rodríguez-Puente, Paula 2011. ‘Introducing the Corpus of Historical English Law Reports: structure and compilation techniques’, Revista de Lenguas para Fines Específicos, special issue of Diachronic English for Specific Purposes 17: 99119Google Scholar
Rogers, Everett M. 2003. Diffusion of Innovations. New York, NY: Free PressGoogle Scholar
Rohdenburg, Günter 2013a. ‘The construction cannot help -ing and its rivals in Modern English’, in Hasselgård, Hilde, Ebeling, Jarle and Ebeling, Signe Oksefjell (eds.), Corpus Perspectives on Patterns of Lexis. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 113–32Google Scholar
Rohdenburg, Günter 2013b. ‘Using the OED quotations database as a diachronic corpus’, in Krug, Manfred and Schlüter, Julia (eds.), Research Methods in Language Variation and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 136–57Google Scholar
Rohdenburg, Günter and Schlüter, Julia (eds.) 2009. One Language, Two Grammars? Differences between British and American English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Roma, Elisa 2007. ‘Relativisation strategies in insular Celtic languages: history and contacts with English’, in Ramat, Paolo and Roma, Elisa (eds.), Europe and the Mediterranean as Linguistic Areas: Convergencies from a Historical and Typological Perspective. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 245–88Google Scholar
Romaine, Suzanne 1982. Socio-historical Linguistics: Its Status and Methodology. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Romaine, Suzanne 1984. ‘On the problem of syntactic variation and pragmatic meaning in sociolinguistic theory’, Folia Linguistica 18: 409–37CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Romaine, Suzanne 1985. ‘The sociolinguistic history of t/d deletion’, Folia Linguistica Historica 5 (2): 22155Google Scholar
Romaine, Suzanne 1988. ‘Historical sociolinguistics: problems and methodology’, in Ammon, Ulrich, Dittmar, Norbert, Mattheier, Klaus J. and Trudgill, Peter (eds.), Sociolinguistics: An International Handbook of the Science of Language and Society, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 1452–69Google Scholar
Romaine, Suzanne (ed.) 1998. The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume IV: 1776–1997. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Romaine, Suzanne 2010. ‘19th century key words, key semantic domains and affect: “in the rich vocabulary of love ‘most dearest’ be a true superlative”’, Studia Neophilologica 82 (1): 1248CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Romaine, Suzanne 2013. ‘“It snuck in so smooth and slippery we didn't even hear it”: how snuck snuck up on sneaked’, Anglistica 15 (1–2): 127–45Google Scholar
Ronneberger-Sibold, Elke 2010. ‘Word creation: definition – function – typology’, in Rainer, Franz, Dressler, Wolfgang U., Kastovsky, Dieter and Luschützky, Hans Christian (eds.), Variation and Change in Morphology. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 201–16Google Scholar
Rosch, Eleanor and Mervis, Carolyn B. 1975. ‘Family resemblances: studies in the internal structure of categories’, Cognitive Psychology 7: 573602CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rosenbach, Anette 2002. Genitive Variation in English: Conceptual Factors in Synchronic and Diachronic Studies. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rosenbach, Anette 2006. ‘Descriptive genitives in English: a case study on constructional gradience’, English Language and Linguistics 10: 77118CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rosenbach, Anette 2007. ‘Emerging variation: determiner genitives and noun modifiers in English’, English Language and Linguistics 11: 143–89CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ross, John 1967. ‘Constraints on variables in syntax’. Doctoral dissertation, Massachusetts Institute of TechnologyGoogle Scholar
Rossouw, Ronel and van Rooy, Bertus 2012. ‘Diachronic changes in modality in South African English’, English World-Wide 33 (1): 126CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rothwell, W. 1976. ‘The role of French in thirteenth-century England’, Bulletin of the John Rylands Library 58: 445–66CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rothwell, W. 1978. ‘A quelle époque a-t-on cessé de parler français en Angleterre?’, in Lafont, Robert, Barral, Marcel, Baylon, Christian, and Fabre, Paul (eds.), Mélanges de Philologie Romane offerts à Charles Camproux, Vol. 2. Montpelier: Université Paul-Valéry, pp. 1075–89Google Scholar
Rothwell, W. 1992. ‘Chaucer and Stratford atte Bowe’, Bulletin of the John Rylands Library 74: 328CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rothwell, W. 1994. ‘The trilingual England of Geoffrey Chaucer’, Studies in the Age of Chaucer 16: 4567CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rothwell, W. 1998. ‘Arrivals and departures: the adoption of French terminology into Middle English’, English Studies 79 (2): 144–65CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Ruano García, Francisco Javier 2012. ‘On the enregisterment of the Northern dialect in Early Modern English: an evaluation across literary text types’, in Alegre, Sara Martín, Moyer, Melissa, Pladevall, Elisabet and Tubau, Susagna (eds.), At a Time of Crisis: English and American Studies in Spain. Departament de Filologia Anglesa i de Germanística, Universitat Autonòma de Barcelona: AEDAN, pp. 376–83Google Scholar
Rubach, Jerzy 1996. ‘Shortening and ambisyllabicity in English’, Phonology 13 (2): 197237CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rudanko, Juhani 1993. Pragmatic Approaches to Shakespeare: Essays on Othello, Coriolanus and Timon of Athens. Lanham, MD: University Press of AmericaGoogle Scholar
Rudanko, Juhani 2012a. ‘“Talked the council out of adopting any resolution”: on the transitive out of -ing construction in American English’, in Mukherjee, Joybrato and Huber, Magnus (eds.), Corpus Linguistics and Variation in English: Theory and Description. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 175–84Google Scholar
Rudanko, Juhani 2012b. ‘The transitive into -ing construction in early twentieth-century American English, with evidence from the TIME Corpus’, in Hoffmann, Sebastian, Rayson, Paul and Leech, Geoffrey (eds.), English Corpus Linguistics: Looking Back, Moving Forward. Papers from the 30th International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 30), Lancaster, UK, 27–31 May 2009. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 179–90Google Scholar
Runde, Emily 2010. ‘Reexamining orthographic practice in the Auchinleck manuscript through study of complete scribal corpora’, in Cloutier, Robert A., Hamilton-Brehm, Anne Marie and Kretzschmar, William A. (eds.), Studies in the History of the English Language V. Variation and Change in English Grammar and Lexicon: Contemporary Approaches. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 265–87Google Scholar
Russell, George and Kane, George (eds.) 1997. Piers Plowman: The C Version. London: Athlone PressGoogle Scholar
Rutkowska, Hanna 2013. Orthographic Systems in Thirteen Editions of the Kalender of Shepherdes (1506–1656). Frankfurt am Main: Peter LangCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Rütten, Tanja 2011. How to Do Things with Texts: Patterns of Instruction in Religious Discourse 1350–1700. Frankfurt am Main: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Rynell, Alarik 1948. The Rivalry of Scandinavian and Native Synonyms in Middle English, Especially Taken and Nimen (with an Excursus on Nema and Taka in Old Scandinavian). Lund: Håkon Ohlssons BoktryckeriGoogle Scholar
Sag, Ivan A. 2012. ‘Sign-based construction grammar: an informal synopsis’, in Boas, Hans C. and Ivan, A. Sag (eds.), Sign-based Construction Grammar. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications, pp. 69202Google Scholar
Sagi, Eyal, Kaufmann, Stefan and Clark, Brady 2012. ‘Tracing semantic change with Latent Semantic Analysis’, in Allan, Kathryn and Robinson, Justyna A. (eds.), Current Methods in Historical Semantics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 161–83Google Scholar
Said, Edward 2004. Humanism and Democratic Criticism. New York, NY: Columbia University PressGoogle Scholar
Säily, Tanja 2014. Sociolinguistic Variation in English Derivational Productivity: Studies and Methods in Diachronic Corpus Linguistics. Helsinki: Société Néophilologique. https://helda.helsinki.fi/handle/10138/136128Google Scholar
Säily, Tanja, Nevalainen, Terttu and Siirtola, Harri 2011. ‘Variation in noun and pronoun frequencies in a sociohistorical corpus of English’, Literary and Linguistic Computing 26 (2): 167–88CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sairio, Anni 2009. Language and Letters of the Bluestocking Network: Sociolinguistic Issues in Eighteenth-century Epistolary English. Helsinki: Société NéophilologiqueGoogle Scholar
Sairio, Anni 2010. ‘“If You think me obstinate I can't help it”: exploring the epistolary styles and social roles of Elizabeth Montagu and Sarah Scott’, in Pahta, Päivi, Nevala, Minna, Nurmi, Arja and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), Social Roles and Language Practices in Late Modern English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 87109CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sairio, Anni and Palander-Collin, Minna 2012. ‘The reconstruction of prestige patterns in language history’, in Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo (eds.), The Handbook of Historical Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 626–38Google Scholar
Salmon, Vivian 1988. ‘English punctuation theory 1500–1800’, Anglia 106 (3–4): 285314CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Salmon, Vivian 1999. ‘Orthography and punctuation’, in Lass, Roger (ed.), The Cambridge History of the English Language. Volume III: 1476–1776. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1355Google Scholar
Samuels, M. L. 1963. ‘Some applications of Middle English dialectology’, English Studies 44: 8194CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Samuels, M. L. 1972. Linguistic Evolution, with Special Reference to English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Samuels, M. L. 1985. ‘Langland's dialect’, Medium Ævum 54: 232–47CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Samuels, M. L. 1987. ‘The status of the functional approach’, in Koopman, Willem, van der Leek, Frederike, Fischer, Olga and Eaton, Roger (eds.), Explanation and Linguistic Change. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 239–50Google Scholar
Samuels, M. L. 1988. ʻLangland's dialectʼ, in Smith, Jeremy J. (ed.), The English of Chaucer and his Contemporaries. Aberdeen: University of Aberdeen Press, pp. 70–85Google Scholar
Sand, Andrea 2004. ‘Shared morpho-syntactic features in contact varieties of English: article use’, World Englishes 23 (2): 281–98CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sankoff, Gillian 2002. ‘Linguistic outcomes of language contact’, in Chambers, J. K., Trudgill, Peter and Schilling-Estes, Natalie (eds.), The Handbook of Language Variation and Change. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 638–68Google Scholar
Sanok, Catherine 2007. Her Life Historical: Exemplarity and Female Saints’ Lives in Late Medieval England. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sargent, Michael G. (ed.) 2005. The Mirror of the Blessed Life of Jesus Christ. Exeter: University of Exeter PressGoogle Scholar
Saxon, Samuel 1737. The English Schollar's Assistant: Or, the Rudiments of the English Tongue. ReadingGoogle Scholar
Schaefer, Ursula 2012. ‘Interdisciplinarity and historiography: spoken and written English – orality and literacy’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1274–88Google Scholar
Schäfer, Jürgen 1980. Documentation in the O.E.D.: Shakespeare and Nashe as Test Cases. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Scheler, Manfred 1977. Der englische Wortschatz. Berlin: Erich SchmidtGoogle Scholar
Schendl, Herbert 2012. ‘Multilingualism, code-switching, and language contact in historical sociolinguistics’, in Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. and Conde-Silvestre, Juan Camilo (eds.), The Handbook of Historical Sociolinguistics. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 520–33Google Scholar
Schendl, Herbert and Wright, Laura (eds.) 2011. Code-switching in Early English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schlüter, Julia 2005. Rhythmic Grammar: The Influence of Rhythm on Grammatical Variation and Change in English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schlüter, Julia 2013. ‘Using historical literature databases as corpora’, in Krug, Manfred and Schlüter, Julia (eds.), Research Methods in Language Variation and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 119–35Google Scholar
Schmied, Josef and Claridge, Claudia 1997. ‘Classifying text- or genre-variation in the Lampeter Corpus of Early Modern English Texts’, in Hickey, Raymond, Kytö, Merja, Lancashire, Ian and Rissanen, Matti (eds.), Tracing the Trail of Time: Proceedings from the Second Diachronic Corpora Workshop. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 119–35Google Scholar
Schneider, Edgar W. 1989. American Earlier Black English: Morphological and Syntactic Variables. Tuscaloosa, AL: University of Alabama PressGoogle Scholar
Schneider, Edgar W. 2004. ‘The English dialect heritage of the southern United States’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Legacies of Colonial English: Studies in Transported Dialects. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 262309Google Scholar
Schneider, Edgar W. 2007. Postcolonial English: Varieties around the World. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schneider, Edgar W. 2013. ‘English as a contact language: the “New Englishes”’, in Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), English as a Contact Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 131–48Google Scholar
Schneider, Klaus P. 2010. ‘Variational pragmatics’, in Fried, Mirjam, Östman, Jan-Ola and Verschueren, Jef (eds.), Variation and Change: Pragmatic Perspectives. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 239–67Google Scholar
Schreier, Daniel 2003. Isolation and Language Change: Contemporary and Sociohistorical Evidence from Tristan da Cunha English. Houndmills, Basingstoke: Palgrave MacmillanCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schreier, Daniel 2010. ‘St Helenian English’, in Schreier, Daniel, Trudgill, Peter, Schneider, Edgar W. and Williams, Jeffrey P. (eds.), The Lesser-known Varieties of English: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 224–44CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.) 2013. English as a Contact Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schreier, Daniel, Trudgill, Peter, Schneider, Edgar W. and Williams, Jeffrey P. (eds.) 2010. The Lesser-known Varieties of English: An Introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schrijver, Peter 1995. Studies in British Celtic Historical Phonology. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: RodopiCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Schrijver, Peter 2002. ‘The rise and fall of British Latin: evidence from English and Brittonic’, in Filppula, Markku, Klemola, Juhani and Pitkänen, Heli (eds.), The Celtic Roots of English. Joensuu: Joensuu University Press, pp. 87110Google Scholar
Schrijver, Peter 2003. ‘Early developments of the vowel systems of Northwest Germanic and Saami’, in Bammesberger, Alfred and Vennemann, Theo (eds.), Languages in Prehistoric Europe. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 195226Google Scholar
Schrijver, Peter 2007. ‘What Britons spoke around 400 ad’, in Higham, Nick (ed.), Britons in Anglo-Saxon England. Woodbridge: Boydell, pp. 165–71Google Scholar
Schrijver, Peter 2009. ‘Celtic influence on Old English: phonological and phonetic evidence’, in Markku, Filppula and Juhani, Klemola (eds.), Re-evaluating the Celtic Hypothesis, special issue of English Language and Linguistics 13 (2): 193211Google Scholar
Schumacher, Stefan 2009. ‘Lexical and structural language-contact phenomena along the Germano-Celtic transition zone’, in Zimmer, Stefan (ed.), Kelten am Rhein II: Philologie. Sprachen und Literaturen. Mainz: von Zabern, pp. 247–66Google Scholar
Schwenter, Scott A. and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2000. ‘Invoking scalarity: the development of in fact’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 1: 725CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Scott, A. B. (ed., trans.) and Martin, F. X. (ed.) 1978. Expugnatio Hibernica: The Conquest of Ireland. Dublin: Royal AcademyGoogle Scholar
Scragg, Donald 1970. ‘Initial h in Old English’, Anglia 88: 165–96CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Scragg, Donald 1974. A History of English Spelling. Manchester: Manchester University PressGoogle Scholar
Seidlhofer, Barbara 2011. Understanding English as a Lingua Franca. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Selkirk, Elisabeth 1982. ‘The syllable’, in Hulst, Harry van der and Smith, Norval (eds.), The Structure of Phonological Representations, Vol. 2. Dordrecht: Foris Publications, pp. 337–83Google Scholar
Semino, Elena and Short, Mick 2004. Corpus Stylistics: Speech, Writing and Thought Presentation in a Corpus of English Writing. London: RoutledgeCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shevlin, Eleanor F. 1999. ‘“To reconcile book and title, and make ’em kin to one another”: the evolution of the title's contractual functions’, Book History 2 (1): 4277CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sheynin, Hayim 2004. Review of T. Vennemann, Europa VasconicaEuropa Semitica. http://linguistlist.org/issues/15/15-1878.html#1Google Scholar
Shih, Stephanie, Grafmiller, Jason, Futrell, Richard and Bresnan, Joan 2015. ‘Rhythm's role in genitive construction choice in spoken English’, in Ralf Vogel and Ruben van de Vijver (eds.), Rhythm in Cognition and Grammar: A Germanic Perspective. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 20734CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Shippey, T. A. 1993. ‘Principles of conversation in Beowulfian speech’, in Sinclair, John M., Hoey, Michael and Fox, Gwyneth (eds.), Techniques of Description: Spoken and Written Discourse. A Festschrift for Malcolm Coulthard. London: Routledge, pp. 109–26Google Scholar
Siegel, Jeff 2010. ‘Contact languages of the Pacific’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), The Handbook of Language Contact. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 814–36Google Scholar
Siemund, Peter 2014. ‘The emergence of English reflexive verbs: an analysis based on the Oxford English Dictionary’, English Language and Linguistics 18 (1): 4973CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Siemund, Rainer and Claridge, Claudia 1997. ‘The Lampeter Corpus of Early Modern English Tracts’, ICAME Journal 21: 6170Google Scholar
Sievers, Eduard 1875. Der Heliand und die angelsächsische Genesis. Halle: NiemeyerGoogle Scholar
Sievers, Eduard 1885. ʻZur Rhythmik des germanischen Alliterationsversesʼ, Beiträge zur Geschichte der deutschen Sprache und Literatur 10: 209314, 451545Google Scholar
Sievers, Eduard 1893. Altgermanische Metrik. Halle: NiemeyerGoogle Scholar
Silverstein, Michael 1976. ‘Shifters, linguistic categories, and cultural description’, in Basso, Keith H. and Selby, Henry A. (eds.), Meaning in Anthropology. Albuquerque, NM: University of New Mexico Press, pp. 1155Google Scholar
Simon, Gerd, Guhr, Dagny and Schermaul, Ulrich 2006. ‘Chronologie Doegen, Wilhelm’. http://homepages.uni-tuebingen.de/gerd.simon/ChrDoegen.pdfGoogle Scholar
Simpson, James 1989. The Index of Middle English Prose. Handlist VII: A Handlist of Manuscripts Containing Middle English Prose in Parisian Libraries. Cambridge: D.S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Skaffari, Janne, Peikola, Matti, Carroll, Ruth, Hiltunen, Risto and Wårvik, Brita (eds.) 2005. Opening Windows on Texts and Discourses of the Past. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, Jeremy J. 1988a. ‘Spelling and tradition in fifteenth-century copies of Gower's Confessio Amantis’, in Samuels, M. L. and Smith, Jeremy J. (eds.), The English of Chaucer and his Contemporaries. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press, pp. 96113Google Scholar
Smith, Jeremy J. 1988b. ‘The Trinity Gower D Scribe and his work on two early Canterbury Tales manuscripts’, in Samuels, M. L. and Smith, Jeremy J. (eds.), The English of Chaucer and his Contemporaries. Aberdeen: Aberdeen University Press, pp. 5169Google Scholar
Smith, Jeremy J. 1996. An Historical Study of English: Function, Form and Change. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Smith, Jeremy J. 2004. ‘John Gower and London English’, in Echard, Siân (ed.), A Companion to Gower. Cambridge: D.S. Brewer, pp. 6172Google Scholar
Smith, Jeremy J. 2007. Sound Change and the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smith, Jeremy J. and Kay, Christian 2011. ‘The pragmatics of punctuation in older Scots’, in Pahta, Päivi and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Communicating Early English Manuscripts. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 212–25Google Scholar
Smith, Nicholas 2002. ‘Ever moving on? The progressive in recent British English’, in Peters, Pam, Collins, Peter and Smith, Adam (eds.), New Frontiers of Corpus Research. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 317–30Google Scholar
Smith, Nicholas and Rayson, Paul 2007. ‘Recent change and variation in the British English use of the progressive passive’, ICAME Journal 31: 129–59Google Scholar
Smitterberg, Erik 2000. ‘The progressive form and genre variation during the nineteenth century’, in Bermúdez-Otero, Ricardo, Denison, David, Hogg, Richard M. and McCully, Chris B. (eds.), Generative Theory and Corpus Studies: A Dialogue from 10 ICEHL. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 283–97Google Scholar
Smitterberg, Erik 2005. The Progressive in 19th-century English: A Process of Integration. Amsterdam/New York, NY: RodopiCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smitterberg, Erik 2008. ‘The progressive and phrasal verbs: evidence of colloquialization in nineteenth-century English?’, in Nevalainen, Terttu, Taavitsainen, Irma, Pahta, Päivi and Korhonen, Minna (eds.), The Dynamics of Linguistic Variation: Corpus Evidence on English Past and Present. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 269–89Google Scholar
Smitterberg, Erik 2012. ‘Colloquialization and not-contraction in nineteenth-century English’, in Markus, Manfred, Iyeiri, Yoko, Heuberger, Reinhard and Chamson, Emil (eds.), Middle and Modern English Corpus Linguistics: A Multi-dimensional Approach. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 191206CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Smitterberg, Erik, Reich, Sabine and Hahn, Angela 2000. ‘The present progressive in political and academic language in the 19th and 20th centuries: a corpus-based investigation’, ICAME Journal 24: 99118Google Scholar
Solopova, Elizabeth 2000b. ‘Layout, punctuation, and stanza patterns in the English verse’, in Fein, Susanna (ed.), Studies in the Harley Manuscript. Kalamazoo, MI: Medieval Institute Publications, pp. 377–89Google Scholar
Speyer, Augustin 2008. ‘Topicalization and clash avoidance’. Doctoral dissertation, University of PennsylvaniaGoogle Scholar
Sproat, Robert and Fujimura, Osamu 1993. ‘Allophonic variation in English /l/ and its implications for phonetic implementation’, Journal of Phonetics 21: 291311CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Staden, W. von 1903. ‘Entwickelung der Praesens Indikativ-Endungen im Englischen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der 3. Pers. Sing. von ungefähr 1500 bis auf Shakspere’. Doctoral dissertation, Rostock University. Rostock: Carl Hinstorffs BuchdruckereiGoogle Scholar
Stanley, Eric G. (ed.) 1960. The Owl and the Nightingale. London: NelsonGoogle Scholar
Stefanowitsch, Anatol 2003. ‘Constructional semantics as a limit to grammatical alternation: the two genitives of English’, in Rohdenburg, Günter and Mondorf, Britta (eds.), Determinants of Grammatical Variation in English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 413–43Google Scholar
Stefanowitsch, Anatol 2013. ‘Collostructional analysis’, in Hoffmann, Thomas and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Construction Grammar. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, pp. 290306Google Scholar
Stein, Dieter 1985a. ‘Discourse markers in Early Modern English’, in Eaton, Roger, Fischer, Olga, Koopman, Willem and Leek, Frederike van der (eds.), Papers from the 4th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 283302Google Scholar
Stein, Dieter 1985b. ‘Perspectives on historical pragmatics’, Folia Linguistica Historica 6 (1): 347–55Google Scholar
Stein, Dieter 1986. ‘Old English Northumbrian verb inflection revisited’, in Kastovsky, Dieter and Szwedek, Aleksander (eds.), Linguistics across Historical and Geographical Boundaries, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 637–50Google Scholar
Stein, Dieter 1987. ‘At the crossroads of philology, linguistics and semiotics: notes on the replacement of th by s in the third person singular in English’, English Studies 68: 406–31CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stein, Dieter 1988. ‘On the mechanisms of morphological change’, in Hammond, Michael and Noonan, Michael (eds.), Theoretical Morphology: Approaches in Modern Linguistics. San Diego, CA: Academic, pp. 235–49Google Scholar
Stein, Dieter 1990. ‘Functional differentiation in the emerging English standard language: the evolution of a morphological discourse and style marker’, in Andersen, Henning and Koerner, Konrad (eds.), Historical Linguistics 1987: Papers from the 8th International Conference on Historical Linguistics. Lille, August 30 – September 4, 1987. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 489–98Google Scholar
Stein, Dieter (ed.) 1992. Cooperating with Written Texts: The Pragmatics and Comprehension of Written Texts. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stein, Dieter 1995. ‘Subjective meanings and the history of inversions in English’, in Stein, Dieter and Wright, Susan (eds.), Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 129–50CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stein, Dieter and Wright, Susan (eds.) 1995. Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Stenbrenden, Gjetrud F. 2010. ‘The chronology and regional spread of long-vowel changes in English, c.1150–1500’. Doctoral dissertation, University of OsloGoogle Scholar
Stenroos, Merja 2010. ʻThe pronoun of address in Piers Plowman: authorial and scribal usageʼ, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 11: 131CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Steriade, Donca 1999. ‘Alternatives to syllable-based accounts of consonantal phonotactics’, in Fujimura, Osamu, Joseph, Brian D. and Palek, Bohumil (eds.), Proceedings of LP'98: Item Order in Language and Speech. Prague: Karolinum Press, pp. 205–45Google Scholar
Stevenson, Angus (ed.) 2010. Oxford Dictionary of English. Oxford: Oxford University Press and Oxford Reference OnlineGoogle Scholar
Stockwell, Robert P. 1984. ‘On the history of the verb-second rule in English’, in Fisiak, Jacek (ed.), Historical Syntax. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 575–92Google Scholar
Stockwell, Robert P. and Minkova, Donka 1988. ‘A rejoinder to Lass’, in Kastovsky, Dieter, Bauer, Gero and Fisiak, Jacek (eds.), Luick Revisited. Tübingen: Gunter Narr, pp. 411–17Google Scholar
Stone, Lawrence 1966. ‘Social mobility in England, 1500–1700’, Past and Present 33: 1655CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Straaijer, Robin 2011. Joseph Priestley, Grammarian: Late Modern English Normativism and Usage in a Sociohistorical Context. Utrecht: LOT, Netherlands Graduate School of Linguistics. http://hdl.handle.net/1887/16552Google Scholar
Stuart-Smith, Jane 2008. ‘Scottish-English phonology’, in Kortmann, Bernd and Upton, Clive (eds.), Varieties of English 1: The British Isles. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 4870Google Scholar
Studer, Patrick 2008. Historical Corpus Stylistics: Media, Technology, and Change. London: ContinuumGoogle Scholar
Subbiondo, Joseph L. 1975. ‘William Ward and the “doctrine of correctness”’, Journal of English Linguistics 9: 3646CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Suhr, Carla 2011. Publishing for the Masses: Early Modern English Witchcraft Pamphlets. Helsinki: Société NéophilologiqueGoogle Scholar
Sundby, Bertil 1986. ‘Parallelism and sequence in Early English prescriptive grammar’, in Leitner, Gerhard (ed.), The English Reference Grammar: Languages and Linguistics, Writers and Readers. Tübingen: Niemeyer, pp. 397431Google Scholar
Sundby, Bertil, Bjørge, Anne Kari and Haugland, Kari E. 1991. A Dictionary of English Normative Grammar 1700–1800 (DENG). Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Suzuki, Seiichi 1994. ‘Breaking, ambisyllabicity, and the sonority hierarchy in Old English’, Diachronica 11 (1): 6593CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Svartvik, Jan 2007. ‘Corpus linguistics 25+ years on’, in Facchinetti, Roberta (ed.), Corpus Linguistics 25 Years On. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 1125Google Scholar
Swales, John M. 1990. Genre Analysis: English in Academic and Research Settings. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Swales, John M. 2004. Research Genres: Explorations and Applications. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sweet, Henry 1876. An Anglo-Saxon Reader. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Sweet, Henry 1882. ʻReview of R. Zeuner, Die Sprache des kentischen Psaltersʼ, Göttingische gelehrte Anzeigen 38: 1185–91Google Scholar
Sweet, Henry 1885. The Oldest English Texts. London: TrübnerGoogle Scholar
Sweet, Henry 1886. An Anglo-Saxon Primer. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Sweet, Henry 1891–98. A New English Grammar, Logical and Historical, 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon PressGoogle Scholar
Sweetser, Eve E. 1990. From Etymology to Pragmatics: Metaphorical and Cultural Aspects of Semantic Structure. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Swift, Jonathan 1712. A Proposal for Correcting, Improving and Ascertaining the English Tongue. London: Benjamin TookeGoogle Scholar
Szarmach, Paul E. 1998. ʻAbbot Ælfric's rhythmical prose and the Computer Ageʼ, in Keefer, Sarah Larratt and O'Brien O'Keeffe, Katherine (eds.), New Approaches to Editing Old English Verse. Cambridge: D. S. Brewer, pp. 95108Google Scholar
Szmrecsanyi, Benedikt 2010. ‘The English genitive alternation in a cognitive sociolinguistics perspective’, in Geeraerts, Dirk, Kristiansen, Gitte and Peirsman, Yves (eds.), Advances in Cognitive Sociolinguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 141–66Google Scholar
Szmrecsanyi, Benedikt 2013a. ‘Analysing aggregated linguistic data’, in Krug, Manfred and Schlüter, Julia (eds.), Research Methods in Language Variation and Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 433–55Google Scholar
Szmrecsanyi, Benedikt 2013b. ‘The great regression: genitive variability in Late Modern English news texts’, in Börjars, Kersti, Denison, David and Scott, Alan (eds.), Morphosyntactic Categories and the Expression of Possession. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 5988CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Szmrecsanyi, Benedikt and Hinrichs, Lars 2008. ‘Probabilistic determinants of genitive variation in spoken and written English: a multivariate comparison across time, space, and genres’, in Nevalainen, Terttu, Taavitsainen, Irma, Pahta, Päivi and Korhonen, Minna (eds.), The Dynamics of Linguistic Variation: Corpus Evidence on English Past and Present. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 291309CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Sztompka, Piotr 1993. The Sociology of Social Change. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 1988. Middle English Lunaries: A Study of the Genre. Helsinki: Société NéophilologiqueGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 1993. ‘Genre/subgenre styles in Late Middle English?’, in Rissanen, Matti, Kytö, Merja and Palander-Collin, Minna (eds.), Early English in the Computer Age: Explorations through the Helsinki Corpus. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 171200Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 1994. ‘Characters and English almanac literature: genre development and intertextuality’, in Sell, Roger D. and Verdonk, Peter (eds.), Literature and the New Interdisciplinarity: Poetics, Linguistics, History. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 163–78Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 1997. ‘Genre conventions: personal affect in fiction and non-fiction in Early Modern English’, in Rissanen, Matti, Kytö, Merja and Heikkonen, Kirsi (eds.), English in Transition: Corpus-based Studies in Linguistic Variation and Genre Styles. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 185266CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 1999. ‘Dialogues in Late Medieval and Early Modern English medical writing’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Fritz, Gerd and Lebsanft, Franz (eds.), Historical Dialogue Analysis. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 243–68Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2001a. ‘Changing conventions of writing: the dynamics of genres, text types, and text traditions’, European Journal of English Studies 5 (2): 139–50CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2001b. ‘Middle English recipes: genre characteristics, text type features and underlying traditions of writing’, Journal of Historical Pragmatics 2 (1): 85113CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2002. ‘Historical discourse analysis: scientific language and changing thought-styles’, in Fanego, Teresa, Méndez-Naya, Belén and Seoane, Elena (eds.), Sounds, Words, Texts and Change, Vol. 2. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 201–26Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2004. ‘Transferring classical discourse conventions into the vernacular’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.), Medical and Scientific Writing in Late Medieval English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 3772Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2005. ‘Genres and the appropriation of science: loci communes in English in the late medieval and early modern period’, in Skaffari, Janne, Peikola, Matti, Carroll, Ruth, Hiltunen, Risto and Wårvik, Brita (eds.), Opening Windows on Texts and Discourses of the Past. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 179–96Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2006. ‘Medical communication, lingua francas’, in Brown, Keith, Anderson, Anne H., Bauer, Laurie, Berns, Margie, Hirst, Graeme and Miller, Jim (eds.), Encyclopedia of Language & Linguistics. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science, pp. 643–4Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2007 [1994]. The Index of Middle English Prose. Handlist X: Manuscripts in Scandinavian Collections. Cambridge: D.S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2009. ‘The pragmatics of knowledge and meaning: corpus linguistic approaches to changing thought-styles in early modern medical discourse’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Schreier, Daniel and Hundt, Marianne (eds.), Corpora: Pragmatics and Discourse. Papers from the 29th International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora (ICAME 29). Ascona, Switzerland, 14–18 May 2008. Amsterdam/Atlanta, GA: Rodopi, pp. 3762Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2010. ‘Discourse and genre dynamics in Early Modern English medical writing’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.), Early Modern English Medical Texts: Corpus Description and Studies. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 2953Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2011. ‘Dissemination and appropriation of medical knowledge: humoral theory in Early Modern English medical writing and lay texts’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.), Medical Writing in Early Modern English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 94114CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2012a. ‘Vernacular glosses and the commentary tradition in fifteenth- and sixteenth-century English’, in Alberni, Anna, Badia, Lola, Cifuentes, Lluís and Fidora, Alexander (eds.), Knowledge and Vernacular Languages in the Age of Llull and Eiximenis: Icrea Studies on Vernacularization. Barcelona: Publicacions de l'Abadia de Montserrat, pp. 183200Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma 2012b. ‘New perspectives, theories and methods: historical pragmatics’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1457–74Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Fitzmaurice, Susan M. 2007. ‘Historical pragmatics: what it is and how to do it’, in Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Methods in Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1136CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.) 2003. Diachronic Perspectives on Address Term Systems. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. 2007. ‘Speech act verbs and speech acts in the history of English’, in Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Methods in Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 107–38Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. 2008. ‘Speech acts now and then: towards a pragmatic history of English’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Speech Acts in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 123Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. 2010. ‘Trends and developments in historical pragmatics’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 130Google Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma, Jucker, Andreas H. and Tuominen, Jukka (eds.) 2014. Diachronic Corpus Pragmatics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma, Kytö, Merja, Claridge, Claudia and Smith, Jeremy (eds.) 2015. Developments in English: Expanding Electronic Evidence. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.) 2004. Medical and Scientific Writing in Late Medieval English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.) 2010. Early Modern English Medical Texts: Corpus Description and Studies. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma and Pahta, Päivi (eds.) 2011. Medical Writing in Early Modern English. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taavitsainen, Irma, Pahta, Päivi and Mäkinen, Martti (eds.) 2005. Middle English Medical Texts. CD-ROM. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsGoogle Scholar
Tagliamonte, Sali A. 2000. ‘The grammaticalization of the present perfect in English: tracks of change and continuity in a linguistic enclave’, in Fischer, Olga, Rosenbach, Anette and Stein, Dieter (eds.), Pathways of Change: Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 329–54Google Scholar
Tagliamonte, Sali A. 2004. ‘Have to, gotta, must: grammaticalisation, variation and specialization in English deontic modality’, in Lindquist, Hans and Mair, Christian (eds.), Corpus Approaches to Grammaticalization in English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 3355CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tagliamonte, Sali A. 2006a. Analysing Sociolinguistic Variation. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tagliamonte, Sali A. 2006b. ‘Historical change in synchronic perspective: the legacy of British dialects’, in van Kemenade, Ans and Los, Bettelou (eds.), The Handbook of the History of English. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 477506CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tagliamonte, Sali A. 2012. Variationist Sociolinguistics: Change, Observation, Interpretation. Chichester: Wiley-BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Tajfel, Henri 1974. ‘Social identity and intergroup behaviour’, Social Science Information 13: 6593CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Taylor, John 2003. Linguistic Categorization. Oxford: Oxford University Press (3rd edn)CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tent, Jan 2001. ‘A profile of the Fiji English lexis’, English World-Wide 22 (2): 209–45CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thaisen, Jacob 2013. ‘Gamelyn's place among the early exemplars for Chaucer's Canterbury Tales’, Neophilologus 97: 395415CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Thomas, Mark G., Stumpf, Michael P. H. and Härke, Heinrich 2008. ‘Integration versus apartheid in post-Roman Britain: a response to Pattison’, Proceedings of the Royal Society B 275: 2419–21Google Scholar
Thomason, Sarah Grey and Kaufman, Terrence 1988. Language Contact, Creolization, and Genetic Linguistics. Berkeley, CA: University of California PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 1982. ‘Double negation and eighteenth-century English grammars’, Neophilologus 66: 278–85CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 1987. The Auxiliary ‘Do’ in Eighteenth-century English: A Sociohistorical-linguistic Approach. Dordrecht: ICG PrintingCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 1991. ‘Social ambition reflected in the language of Betsy and Richard Sheridan’, Neuphilologische Mitteilungen 92 (2): 237–46Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 1998. ‘Standardization of English spelling: the eighteenth-century printers’ contribution’, in Fisiak, Jacek and Krygier, Marcin (eds.), Advances in English Historical Linguistics (1996). Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 457–70Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 1999. ‘Of formulas and friends: expressions of politeness in John Gay's letters’, in Tops, Guy A. J., Devriendt, Betty and Geukens, Steven (eds.), Thinking English Grammar: To Honour Xavier Dekeyser, Professor Emeritus. Leuven: Peeters, pp. 99112Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2000a. ‘Normative studies in England’, in Auroux, Sylvain, Koerner, E. F. Konrad, Niederehe, Hans-Josef and Versteegh, Kees (eds.), History of the Language Sciences, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 876–87Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2000b. ‘Robert Dodsley and the genesis of Lowth's Short Introduction to English Grammar’, Historiographia Linguistica 27 (1): 2136CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2000c. ‘Social network analysis and the history of English’, European Journal of English Studies 4 (3): 211–16Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2002. ‘You was and eighteenth-century normative grammar’, in Lenz, Katja and Möhlig, Ruth (eds.), Of Dyuersitie & Chaunge of Langage: Essays Presented to Manfred Görlach on the Occasion of his 65th Birthday. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 88102Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2005. ‘Of social networks and linguistic influence: the language of Robert Lowth and his correspondents’, in Juan, Camilo Conde-Silvestre and Hernández-Campoy, Juan M. (eds.), Sociolinguistics and the History of English: Perspectives and Problems, special issue of International Journal of English Studies 5 (1): 135–57Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2008a. ‘Grammars, grammarians and grammar writing: an introduction’, in van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon (ed.), Grammars, Grammarians and Grammar-writing in Eighteenth-century England. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 114CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid (ed.) 2008b. Grammars, Grammarians and Grammar Writing in Eighteenth-century England. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2008c. ‘Letters as a source for reconstructing social networks: the case of Robert Lowth’, in Dossena, Marina and van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon (eds.), Studies in Late Modern English Correspondence: Methodology and Data. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 5176Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2008d. ‘The codifiers and the history of multiple negation in English, or why were 18th-century grammarians so obsessed with double negation?’, in Beal, Joan C., Nocera, Carmela and Sturiale, Massimo (eds.), Perspectives on Prescriptivism. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 197214Google Scholar
Tieken-Boon van Ostade, Ingrid 2011. The Bishop's Grammar: Robert Lowth and the Rise of Prescriptivism. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Todorov, Tzvetan 1990. Genres in Discourse. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Tolkien, J. R. R. 1929. ʻAncrene Wisse and Hali Meiðhadʼ, Essays & Studies 14: 104–26Google Scholar
Tolkien, J. R. R. 1962. The English Text of the Ancrene Riwle, Ancrene Wisse: Edited from MS Corpus Christi College Cambridge 402. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Tolkien, J. R. R. 1963. ‘English and Welsh’, in Lewis, Henry (ed.), Angles and Britons: O'Donnell Lectures. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, pp. 141Google Scholar
Tolkien, J. R. R. (trans.) 1980. Sir Gawain and the Green Knight, Pearl, and Sir Orfeo. New York, NY: Ballantine BooksGoogle Scholar
Tolkien, J. R. R. 1983. ‘English and Welsh’, The Monsters and the Critics and Other Essays by Tolkien, J. R. R.. London: Allen & Unwin, pp. 162–97Google Scholar
Tooke, John Horne 1798. Epea Pteroenta or, The Diversions of Purley, 2 vols. London.Google Scholar
Toon, Thomas E. 1983. The Politics of Early Old English Sound Change. New York, NY: Academic PressGoogle Scholar
Toon, Thomas 1987. ʻOld English dialects: what's to explain; what's an explanation?ʼ, in Koopman, Willem, van der Leek, Frederike, Fischer, Olga and Eaton, Roger (eds.), Explanations and Linguistic Change. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 275–93Google Scholar
Torres Cacoullos, Rena and Schwenter, Scott A. 2007. ‘Towards an operational notion of subjectification’, Proceedings of the Annual Meeting – Berkeley Linguistics Society 31: 347–58Google Scholar
Torres Cacoullos, Rena and Walker, James A. 2009. ‘The present of the English future: grammatical variation and collocations in discourse’, Language 85: 321–54Google Scholar
Townend, Matthew 2002. Language and History in Viking Age England: Linguistic Relations between Speakers of Old Norse and Old English. Turnhout: BrepolsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 1972. A History of English Syntax. New York, NY: Holt, Rinehart & WinstonGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 1982. ‘From propositional to textual and expressive meanings: some semantic-pragmatic aspects of grammaticalization’, in Lehmann, Winfred P. and Malkiel, Yakov (eds.), Perspectives on Historical Linguistics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 245–71Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 1989. ‘On the rise of epistemic meanings in English: an example of subjectification in semantic change’, Language 57: 3165CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 1990. ‘From less to more situated in language: the unidirectionality of meaning change’, in Adamson, Sylvia, Law, Vivien, Vincent, Nigel and Wright, Susan (eds.), Papers from the 5th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics, Cambridge, 6–9 April 1987. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 497517Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 1995a. ‘Subjectification in grammaticalization’, in Stein, Dieter and Wright, Susan (eds.), Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 3154CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 1995b. ‘The role of the development of discourse markers in a theory of grammaticalization’. Paper presented at the 12th International Conference on Historical Linguistics, Manchester, August 1995.Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2003. ‘From subjectification to intersubjectification’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), Motives for Language Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 124–39Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2006. ‘Historical pragmatics’, in Horn, Laurence R. and Ward, Gregory (eds.), The Handbook of Pragmatics. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 538–61Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2008. ‘“All that he endeavoured to prove was…”: on the emergence of grammatical constructions in dialogic contexts’, in Cooper, Robin and Kempson, Ruth (eds.), Language in Flux: Dialogue Coordination, Language Variation, Change and Evolution. London: Kings College Publications, pp. 143–77Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2010a. ‘Grammaticalization’, in Jucker, Andreas H. and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), Historical Pragmatics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 97126CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2010b. ‘(Inter)subjectivity and (inter)subjectification: a reassessment’, in Davidse, Kristin, Vandelanotte, Lieven and Cuyckens, Hubert (eds.), Subjectification, Intersubjectification and Grammaticalization. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 2971CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2011. ‘Grammaticalization and mechanisms of change’, in Narrog, Heiko and Heine, Bernd (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Grammaticalization. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 1930Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2012a. ‘Middle English: pragmatics and discourse’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 466–80Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs 2012b. ‘The status of onset contexts in analysis of micro-changes’, in Kytö, Merja (ed.), English Corpus Linguistics: Crossing Paths. Amsterdam/New York, NY: Rodopi, pp. 221–55Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Dasher, Richard B. 2002. Regularity in Semantic Change. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and König, Ekkehard 1991. ‘The semantics-pragmatics of grammaticalization revisited’, in Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Heine, Bernd (eds.), Approaches to Grammaticalization, Vol. 1. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 189218CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Romaine, Suzanne 1985. ‘Some questions for the definition of “style” in socio-historical linguistics’, in Romaine, Suzanne and Traugott, Elizabeth Closs (eds.), Papers from the Workshop on Socio-historical Linguistics. Folia Linguistica Historica 6 (1): 739Google Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Trousdale, Graeme 2010. ‘Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization: how do they intersect?’, in Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Trousdale, Graeme (eds.), Gradience, Gradualness, and Grammaticalization. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 1944CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traugott, Elizabeth Closs and Trousdale, Graeme 2013. Constructionalization and Constructional Changes. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Traxel, Oliver M. 2012. ‘Resources: electronic/online resources’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 1131–48Google Scholar
Treharne, Elaine (ed.) 2010. Old and Middle English, c.890–c.1450: An Anthology. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Treharne, Elaine 2012. Living through Conquest: The Politics of Early English, 1020–1220. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Treiman, Rebecca and Danis, Catalina 1988. ‘Syllabification of intervocalic consonants’, Journal of Memory and Language 27 (1): 87104CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tristram, Hildegard L. C. (ed.) 2003. The Celtic Englishes III. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Tristram, Hildegard L. C. 2004. ‘Diglossia in Anglo-Saxon England, or what was spoken Old English like?’, Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 40: 87110Google Scholar
Trotter, David 2000a. ‘Anglo-Norman’, in Price, Glanville (ed.), Languages in Britain & Ireland (1984) [Languages of the British Isles]. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 197206Google Scholar
Trotter, David (ed.) 2000b. Multilingualism in Later Medieval Britain. Rochester, NY: D.S. BrewerGoogle Scholar
Trousdale, Graeme 2008a. ‘Constructions in grammaticalization and lexicalization: evidence from the history of a composite predicate construction in English’, in Trousdale, Graeme and Gisborne, Nikolas (eds.), Constructional Approaches to English Grammar. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 3367CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trousdale, Graeme 2008b. ‘Words and constructions in grammaticalization: the end of the English impersonal construction’, in Fitzmaurice, Susan M. and Minkova, Donka (eds.), Studies in the History of the English Language IV: Empirical and Analytical Advances in the Study of English Language Change. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 301–26Google Scholar
Trousdale, Graeme 2012. ‘Theory and data in diachronic Construction Grammar: the case of the what with construction’, in Gisborne, Nikolas and Hollmann, Willem B. (eds.), Theory and Data in Cognitive Linguistics, special issue of Studies in Language 36: 576602CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 1974. The Social Differentiation of English in Norwich. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 1983. On Dialect: Social and Geographical Perspectives. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 1986. Dialects in Contact. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 1988. ‘Norwich revisited: recent linguistic changes in an English urban dialect’, English World-Wide 9: 3349CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 1999a. ‘A window on the past: “colonial lag” and New Zealand evidence for the phonology of nineteenth-century English’, American Speech 74: 227–39Google Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 1999b. ‘Norwich: endogenous and exogenous linguistic change’, in Foulkes, Paul and Docherty, Gerard (eds.), Urban Voices: Accent Studies in the British Isles. London: Arnold, pp. 124–40Google Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 2004a. New-dialect Formation: The Inevitability of Colonial Englishes. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University PressGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 2004b. ‘The dialect of East Anglia: phonology’, in Kortmann, Bernd and Schneider, Edgar W. (eds.), A Handbook of Varieties of English, Vol. 1. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 16377Google Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 2010. Investigations in Sociohistorical Linguistics: Stories of Colonisation and Contact. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 2011a. ‘A tale of two copulas: language-contact speculations on first-millennium England’, in Michael Schulte and Robert Nedoma (eds.), Language and Literacy in Early Scandinavia and Beyond, NOWELE 62 (63): 285320Google Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 2011b. Sociolinguistic Typology: Social Determinants of Linguistic Complexity. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter 2012. ‘Varieties of English: dialect contact’, in Bergs, Alexander and Brinton, Laurel J. (eds.), English Historical Linguistics: An International Handbook, Vol. 2. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 2044–59Google Scholar
Trudgill, Peter, Gordon, Elizabeth, Lewis, Gillian and Maclagan, Margaret 2000. ‘Determinism in new-dialect formation and the genesis of New Zealand English’, Journal of Linguistics 26: 299318CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Trudgill, Peter, Maclagan, Margaret and Lewis, Gillian 2003. ‘Linguistic archaeology: the Scottish input to New Zealand English phonology’, Journal of English Linguistics 31: 103–24CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Truss, Lynne 2003. Eats, Shoots & Leaves: The Zero Tolerance Approach to Punctuation. London: Profile BooksGoogle Scholar
Tyrkkö, Jukka 2013a. ‘Exploring part-of-speech profiles and authorship attribution in early modern medical texts’, in Jucker, Andreas H., Landert, Daniela, Seiler, Annina, Studer-Joho, Nicole (eds.), Meaning in the History of English: Words and Texts in Context. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 190210Google Scholar
Tyrkkö, Jukka 2013b. ‘Notes on eighteenth-century dictionary grammars’, Transactions of the Philological Society 111 (2): 179201CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Tyrkkö, Jukka 2014. ‘“Strong churlish purging Pills”: multi-adjectival premodification in early modern medical writing in English’, in Taavitsainen, Irma, Jucker, Andreas H. and Tuominen, Jukka (eds.), Diachronic Corpus Pragmatics. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 157–87Google Scholar
Ullmann, Stephen 1962. Semantics: An Introduction to the Science of Meaning. Oxford: BlackwellGoogle Scholar
Upton, Clive 2008. ‘Received Pronunciation’, in Kortmann, Bernd and Upton, Clive (eds.), Varieties of English 1: The British Isles. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 237–52Google Scholar
Valle, Ellen 1999. A Collective Intelligence: The Life Sciences in the Royal Society as a Scientific Discourse Community, 1665–1965. Turku: University of TurkuGoogle Scholar
Valle, Ellen 2004. ‘“A nice and accurate philosopher”: interactivity and evaluation in a historical corpus of scientific writing’, in Hiltunen, Risto and Watanabe, Shinichiro (eds.), Approaches to Style and Discourse in English. Osaka: Osaka University Press, pp. 107–33Google Scholar
Valle, Ellen 2006. ‘Reporting the doings of the curious: authors and editors in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London’, in Brownlees, Nicholas (ed.), News Discourse in Early Modern Britain: Selected Papers of CHINED 2004. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 7190Google Scholar
Van Coetsem, Frans 2000. A General and Unified Theory of the Transmission Process in Language Contact. Heidelberg: WinterGoogle Scholar
Vandelanotte, Lieven 2009. Speech and Thought Representation in English. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 1975. ‘An explanation of drift’, in N. Li, Charles (ed.), Word Order and Word Order Change. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press, pp. 269305Google Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2000. ‘English as a “Celtic” language: Atlantic influences from above and below’, in Tristram, Hildegard L. C. (ed.), The Celtic Englishes II. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 399406Google Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2001. ‘Atlantis Semitica: structural contact features in Celtic and English’, in Brinton, Laurel J. (ed.), Historical Linguistics 1999: Selected Papers from the 14th International Conference on Historical Linguistics. Vancouver, 9–13 August 1999. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 351–69Google Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2002a. ‘On the rise of “Celtic” syntax in Middle English’, in Lucas, Peter J. and Lucas, Angela M. (eds.), Middle English from Tongue to Text. Selected Papers from the Third International Conference on Middle English: Language and Text, Held at Dublin, Ireland, 1–4 July 1999. Bern: Peter Lang, pp. 203–34Google Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2002b. ‘Semitic → Celtic → English: the transitivity of language contact’, in Filppula, Markku, Klemola, Juhani and Pitkänen, Heli (eds.), The Celtic Roots of English. Joensuu: Joensuu University Press, pp. 295330Google Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2003a. Europa Vasconica – Europa Semitica (ed. by Hanna, Patrizia Noel Aziz). Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2003b. ‘Languages in prehistoric Europe north of the Alps’, in Bammesberger, Alfred and Vennemann, Theo (eds.), Languages in Prehistoric Europe. Heidelberg: Winter, pp. 319–32Google Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2010a. ‘Contact and prehistory in the Indo-European Northwest: lexical influences’, Sprachwissenschaft 35: 247–90Google Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2010b. ‘Contact and prehistory: the Indo-European Northwest’, in Hickey, Raymond (ed.), The Handbook of Language Contact. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 380405CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vennemann, Theo 2011. ‘English as a contact language: typology and comparison’, Anglia 129: 217–57CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Verstegan, Richard 1976 [1605]. A Restitution of Decayed Intelligence. Ilkley: Scolar PressGoogle Scholar
Vincent, Nigel 2001. ‘LFG as a model of syntactic change’, in Butt, Miriam and King, Tracy Holloway (eds.), Time over Matter: Diachronic Perspectives on Morphosyntax. Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications, pp. 142Google Scholar
Visser, F. Th. 1969. An Historical Syntax of the English Language, 4 vols. Leiden: E. J. BrillGoogle Scholar
Voices of the UK: Accents and Dialects of English. 2010. London: British LibraryGoogle Scholar
Voigts, Linda Ehrsam 1984. ‘Medical prose’, in Edwards, A. S. G. (ed.), Middle English Prose: A Critical Guide to Major Authors and Genres. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press, pp. 315–35Google Scholar
Voigts, Linda Ehrsam 1989. ‘Scientific and medical books’, in Griffiths, Jeremy and Pearsall, Derek (eds.), Book Production and Publishing in Britain, 1375–1475. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 345402Google Scholar
Voigts, Linda Ehrsam 1996. ‘What's the word? Bilingualism in late-medieval England’, Speculum 71: 813–26CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Vorlat, Emma 1975. The Development of English Grammatical Theory, 1586–1737, with Special Reference to the Theory of Parts of Speech. Leuven: Leuven University PressGoogle Scholar
Vorlat, Emma 1979. ‘Criteria for grammaticalness in sixteenth and seventeenth-century English grammar’, Leuvense Bijdragen 68: 129–40Google Scholar
Vorlat, Emma 1996. ‘Lindley Murray's prescriptive canon’, in van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon (ed.), Two Hundred Years of Lindley Murray. Münster: Nodus Publikationen, pp. 163–82Google Scholar
Vorlat, Emma 2007. ‘On the history of English teaching grammars’, in Schmitter, Peter (ed.), Sprachtheorien der Neuzeit III/2: Sprachbeschreibung und Sprachunterricht. Tübingen: Gunter Narr Verlag, pp. 500–25Google Scholar
Wagner, Esther-Miriam, Outhwaite, Ben and Beinhoff, Bettina (eds.) 2013. Scribes as Agents of Language Change. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wagner, Heinrich 1959. Das Verbum in den Sprachen der britischen Inseln. Tübingen: NiemeyerGoogle Scholar
Wales, Katie 2006. Northern English: A Social and Cultural History. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Walker, John 1791. A Critical Pronouncing Dictionary. London: G. G. J. and J. Robinson and T. CadellGoogle Scholar
Walker, John 1815 [1791]. A Critical Pronouncing Dictionary and Expositor of the English Language. London: G. G. J. and J. Robinson. Reprint Menston: Scolar Press (15th edn)Google Scholar
Walker, Terry 2003. ‘You and thou in Early Modern English dialogues: patterns of usage’, in Taavitsainen, Irma and Jucker, Andreas H. (eds.), Diachronic Perspectives on Address Term Systems. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 309–42Google Scholar
Walker, Terry 2005. ‘Second person singular pronouns in Early Modern English dialogues 1560–1760’. Doctoral dissertation, Uppsala UniversityGoogle Scholar
Walker, Terry 2007. Thou and You in Early Modern English Dialogues: Trials, Depositions, and Drama Comedy. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John BenjaminsCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Walker, Terry 2011. ‘Legal background’, in Kytö, Merja, Grund, Peter J. and Walker, Terry, Testifying to Language and Life in Early Modern England. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 101–46Google Scholar
Wallis, John 1653. Grammatica Linguæ Anglicanæ. Oxford.Google Scholar
Waltereit, Richard and Detges, Ulrich 2007. ‘Different functions, different histories: modal particles and discourse markers from a diachronic point of view’, in Maria Cuenca (ed.), Contrastive Perspectives on Discourse Markers, special issue of Catalan Journal of Linguistics 6: 6180CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wanner, Dieter 2006. The Power of Analogy: An Essay on Historical Linguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Warner, Anthony 1982. Complementation in Middle English and the Methodology of Historical Syntax: A Study of the Wyclifite Sermons. London: Croom HelmGoogle Scholar
Warner, Anthony 1993. English Auxiliaries. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Warner, Anthony 1995. ‘Predicting the progressive passive: parametric change within a lexicalist framework’, Language 71: 533–57CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Warren, Michael J. 1987. ‘Repunctuation as interpretation in editions of Shakespeare’, in Salmon, Vivian and Burness, Edwina (eds.), A Reader in the Language of Shakespearean Drama. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 455–69Google Scholar
Watts, Richard J. 1995. ‘Justifying grammars: a socio-pragmatic foray into the discourse community of early English grammarians’, in Jucker, Andreas H. (ed.), Historical Pragmatics: Pragmatic Developments in the History of English. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 145–85Google Scholar
Watts, Richard J. 2011. Language Myths and the History of English. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Watts, Richard J. and Trudgill, Peter (eds.) 2002. Alternative Histories of English. London: RoutledgeGoogle Scholar
Weerman, Fred 1993. The diachronic consequences of first and second language acquisition: the change from OV to VO’, Linguistics 31: 903–31CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Weiner, Judith E. and Labov, William 1983. ‘Constraints on the agentless passive’, Journal of Linguistics 19: 2958CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Weinreich, Uriel, Labov, William and Herzog, Marvin J. 1968. ‘Empirical foundations for a theory of language change’, in Lehmann, Winfred P. and Malkiel, Yakov (eds.), Directions for Historical Linguistics. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press, pp. 95195Google Scholar
Wells, John 1982. Accents of English, 3 vols. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wełna, Jerzy 1978. A Diachronic Grammar of English. Part One: Phonology. Warszawa: PWNGoogle Scholar
Werlich, Egon 1982. A Text Grammar of English. Heidelberg: Quelle & Meyer (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Wermser, Richard 1976. Statistische Studien zur Entwicklung des englischen Wortschatzes. Bern: FranckeGoogle Scholar
Wetzel, Claus-Dieter 1981. Die Worttrennung am Zeilenende in altenglischen Handschriften. Frankfurt: Peter LangGoogle Scholar
Wheeler, Eric S. 2005. ‘Multidimensional scaling for linguistics’, in Köhler, Reinhard, Altmann, Gabriel and Piotrowski, Rajmund G. (eds.), Quantitative Linguistics: An International Handbook. Berlin/New York, NY: Walter de Gruyter, pp. 548–53Google Scholar
White, David 2002. ‘Explaining the innovations of Middle English: what, where, and why’, in Filppula, Markku, Klemola, Juhani and Pitkänen, Heli (eds.), The Celtic Roots of English. Joensuu: Joensuu University Press, pp. 153–74Google Scholar
Widdowson, J. D. A. 1999. ‘Hidden depths: exploring archival resources of spoken English’, Lore and Language 17: 8192Google Scholar
Wierzbicka, Anna 1991. Cross-cultural Pragmatics: The Semantics of Human Interaction. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de GruyterCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wiggins, Alison 2004. ‘Are Auchinleck manuscript scribes 1 and 6 the same scribe?: whole-data analysis and the advantages of electronic texts’, Medium Ævum 73: 1026CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wiik, Kalevi 2003. ‘Finnic-type pronunciation in the Germanic languages’, Mankind Quarterly 44: 4390CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wild, Kate 2010. ‘Attitudes towards English usage in the late modern period: the case of phrasal verbs’. Doctoral dissertation, University of GlasgowGoogle Scholar
Wilkinson, Leland and the Task Force on Statistical Inference 1999. ‘Statistical methods in psychology journals: guidelines and explanations’, American Psychologist 54 (8): 594604CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Williams, Joseph M. 1975. Origins of the English Language: A Social and Linguistic History. New York, NY: Free PressGoogle Scholar
Wilson, Richard Middlewood (ed.) 1954. The English Text of the Ancrene Riwle: Gonville and Caius College MS 234/120. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Wischer, Ilse 2010. ‘On the use of beon and wesan in Old English’, in Lenker, Ursula, Huber, Judith and Mailhammer, Robert (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 2008: Selected Papers from the Fifteenth International Conference on English Historical Linguistics (ICEHL 15), Munich, 24–30 August 2008. Volume I: The History of English Verbal and Nominal Constructions. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 217–35Google Scholar
Withgott, Mary Margaret 1982. ‘Segmental evidence for phonological constituents’. Doctoral dissertation, University of Texas, AustinGoogle Scholar
Wogan-Browne, Jocelyn 2001. Saints’ Lives and Women's Literary Culture c.1150–1300. Oxford: Oxford University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wogan-Browne, Jocelyn, Collette, Carolyn, Kowaleski, Maryanne, Mooney, Linne, Putter, Ad and Trotter, David (eds.) 2009. Language and Culture in Medieval Britain: The French of England c.1100–c.1500. York: York Medieval PressGoogle Scholar
Wolfram, Walt 1969. A Sociolinguistic Description of Detroit Negro Speech. Washington, DC: Center for Applied LinguisticsGoogle Scholar
Wolfram, Walt and Schilling-Estes, Natalie 2005. American English: Dialects and Variation. Oxford: Blackwell (2nd edn)Google Scholar
Wolk, Christoph, Bresnan, Joan, Rosenbach, Anette and Szmrecsanyi, Benedikt 2013. ‘Dative and genitive variability in Late Modern English: exploring cross-constructional variation and change’, Diachronica 30 (3): 382419CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wood, Johanna 2003. ‘Definiteness and number: determiner phrase and number phrase in the history of English’. Doctoral dissertation, Arizona State UniversityGoogle Scholar
Wright, Charles D. 2016a. Manuscript Research: Identifying Texts and Locating Secondary Literature. Champaign, IL: University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign. www.medieval.illinois.edu/resources/library/mss_000.htmlGoogle Scholar
Wright, Charles D. 2016b. Medieval Studies: Medieval & Modern Manuscript Catalogues. Champaign, IL: University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. www.medieval.illinois.edu/resources/library/msscat_000.htmlGoogle Scholar
Wright, George 1794. The Principles of Grammar; or, Youth's English Directory. SunderlandGoogle Scholar
Wright, Joseph 1898–1905. The English Dialect Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Wright, Joseph and Wright, Elizabeth Mary 1950. Old English Grammar. London: Oxford University Press (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Wright, Laura 1992. ‘Macaronic writing in a London archive, 1380–1480’, in Rissanen, Matti, Ihalainen, Ossi, Nevalainen, Terttu and Taavitsainen, Irma (eds.), History of Englishes: New Methods and Interpretations in Historical Linguistics. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 762–70Google Scholar
Wright, Laura 1994. ‘On the writing of the history of Standard English’, in Fernández, Francisco Moreno, Fuster, Miguel and Calvo, Juan José (eds.), English Historical Linguistics 1992: Papers from the 7th International Conference on English Historical Linguistics. Valencia, 22–26 September 1992. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 105–15Google Scholar
Wright, Laura (ed.) 2000. The Development of Standard English 1300–1800: Theories, Descriptions, Conflicts. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressCrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wright, Laura 2001. ‘Third-person singular present-tense -s, -th, and zero, 1575–1648’, American Speech: A Quarterly of Linguistic Usage 76 (3): 236–58CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Wright, Laura 2005. ‘Medieval mixed-language business discourse and the rise of standard English’, in Skaffari, Janne, Peikola, Matti, Carroll, Ruth, Hiltunen, Risto and Wårvik, Brita (eds.), Opening Windows on Texts and Discourses of the Past. Amsterdam/Philadelphia, PA: John Benjamins, pp. 381–99Google Scholar
Wright, Susan 1994. ‘The critic and the grammarians: Joseph Addison and the prescriptivists’, in Stein, Dieter and van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon (eds.), Towards a Standard English, 1600–1800. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 243–84Google Scholar
Wright, Susan 1995. ‘Subjectivity and experiential syntax’, in Stein, Dieter and Wright, Susan (eds.), Subjectivity and Subjectivisation: Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 151–72Google Scholar
Wrightson, Keith 1991. ‘Estates, degrees, and sorts: changing perceptions of society in Tudor and Stuart England’, in Corfield, Penelope J. (ed.), Language, History and Class. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 3052Google Scholar
Wrightson, Keith 2002. Earthly Necessities: Economic Lives in Early Modern Britain, 1470–1750. London: Penguin BooksGoogle Scholar
Wurff, Wim van der 1989. ‘A remarkable gap in the history of English syntax’, Folia Linguistica Historica 9: 117–59Google Scholar
Wyld, Henry C. 1927. A Short History of English. London: John Murray (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Wyld, Henry C. 1956 [1920]. A History of Modern Colloquial English. Oxford: Basil Blackwell (3rd edn)Google Scholar
Yáñez-Bouza, Nuria 2008. ‘Preposition stranding in the eighteenth century: something to talk about’, in van Ostade, Ingrid Tieken-Boon (ed.), Grammars, Grammarians and Grammar Writing in Eighteenth-century England. Berlin/New York, NY: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 251–77Google Scholar
Yáñez-Bouza, Nuria 2011. ‘ARCHER past and present (1990–2010)’, ICAME Journal 35: 205–36Google Scholar
Yáñez-Bouza, Nuria 2015a. Grammar, Rhetoric and Usage in English: Preposition Placement 1500–1900. Cambridge: Cambridge University PressGoogle Scholar
Yáñez-Bouza, Nuria 2015b. ‘Senses of “grammar” in the eighteenth-century English tradition’, English Studies 96 (8): 913–43CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yáñez-Bouza, Nuria and Rodríguez-Gil, María E. 2013a. ‘The ECEG database’, Transactions of the Philological Society 111 (2): 143–64CrossRefGoogle Scholar
Yáñez-Bouza, Nuria and Rodríguez-Gil, María E. (eds.) 2013b. New Insights into Eighteenth-century Grammar Writing, special issue of Transactions of the Philological Society 111 (2): 141258Google Scholar
Zettersten, Arne (ed.) 1976. The English Text of the Ancrene Riwle. Edited from Magdalene College, Cambridge MS Pepys 2498. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Zettersten, Arne and Diensberg, Bernhard (eds.) 2000. The English Text of the Ancrene Riwle: The ‘Vernon Text’. Edited from Oxford, Bodleian Library MS Eng. poet. a. 1. Oxford: Oxford University PressGoogle Scholar
Ziegler, Susanne 2000. ‘Die akustischen Sammlungen: Historische Tondokumente im Phonogramm-Archiv und im Lautarchiv’, in Bredekamp, Horst, Brüning, Jochen and Weber, Cornelia (eds.), Theater der Natur und Kunst. Berlin: Henschel, pp. 197207Google Scholar
Ziolkowski, Jan 2005. ‘Metaphilology’, Journal of English and Germanic Philology 104: 239–72Google Scholar
Zuur, Alain F., Ileno, Elena N. and Smith, Graham M. 2010. Analysing Ecological Data. New York, NY: SpringerGoogle Scholar

Save book to Kindle

To save this book to your Kindle, first ensure coreplatform@cambridge.org is added to your Approved Personal Document E-mail List under your Personal Document Settings on the Manage Your Content and Devices page of your Amazon account. Then enter the ‘name’ part of your Kindle email address below. Find out more about saving to your Kindle.

Note you can select to save to either the @free.kindle.com or @kindle.com variations. ‘@free.kindle.com’ emails are free but can only be saved to your device when it is connected to wi-fi. ‘@kindle.com’ emails can be delivered even when you are not connected to wi-fi, but note that service fees apply.

Find out more about the Kindle Personal Document Service.

  • Bibliography
  • Edited by Merja Kytö, Uppsala Universitet, Sweden, Päivi Pahta, University of Tampere, Finland
  • Book: The Cambridge Handbook of English Historical Linguistics
  • Online publication: 05 May 2016
  • Chapter DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139600231.030
Available formats
×

Save book to Dropbox

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Dropbox.

  • Bibliography
  • Edited by Merja Kytö, Uppsala Universitet, Sweden, Päivi Pahta, University of Tampere, Finland
  • Book: The Cambridge Handbook of English Historical Linguistics
  • Online publication: 05 May 2016
  • Chapter DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139600231.030
Available formats
×

Save book to Google Drive

To save content items to your account, please confirm that you agree to abide by our usage policies. If this is the first time you use this feature, you will be asked to authorise Cambridge Core to connect with your account. Find out more about saving content to Google Drive.

  • Bibliography
  • Edited by Merja Kytö, Uppsala Universitet, Sweden, Päivi Pahta, University of Tampere, Finland
  • Book: The Cambridge Handbook of English Historical Linguistics
  • Online publication: 05 May 2016
  • Chapter DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139600231.030
Available formats
×